38
Page 1 of 38 Citrix HIGH AVAILABILITY SQL 2008 R2 TWO-NODE CLUSTER BY: BRIAN MURPHY Table of Contents SQL CLUSTERING REQUIREMENTS......................................................................................................................2 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................................................ 2 UNDERSTANDING THE CHANGES IN WINDOWS 2008 / R2 ....................................................................................... 2 Cluster Validation in Windows 2008 & R2...............................................................................................................2 Windows 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Improvements.............................................................................................3 Information You Should Know Setup Improvements...............................................................................................3 2008 R2 - Virtualization Improvements ...................................................................................................................4 BEFORE WE BEGIN NOTES REGARDING MSCS ................................................................................................. 5 CLUSTER QUORUM REQUIREMENTS...........................................................................................................................5 LOCAL INSTALL CONSIDERATIONS ............................................................................................................................6 MICROSOFT DISTRIBUTED TRANSACTION COORDINATOR (MS DTC) .................................................................. 6 INSTALL 2008 R2 MICROSOFT CLUSTER SERVICES ...........................................................................................8 SQL CLUSTER WIZARD NODE 1 .......................................................................................................................... 23 SQL CLUSTER WIZARD NODE 2 .......................................................................................................................... 30 MANAGING CLUSTER SERVICES........................................................................................................................ 36 MANAGING FAILOVER TESTING / VALIDATION ...................................................................................... 37 DOCUMENTATION REFERENCE .......................................................................................................................... 38

Build Your 2008R2 2-Node Cluster

Embed Size (px)

DESCRIPTION

Build Your 2008R2 2-Node Cluster. Keywords: sql, cluster, citrix, storage

Citation preview

Page 1 of 38

Citrix HIGH AVAILABILITY SQL 2008 R2 TWO-NODE CLUSTER

BY BRIAN MURPHY

Table of Contents

SQL CLUSTERING REQUIREMENTS 2

SCOPE 2

UNDERSTANDING THE CHANGES IN WINDOWS 2008 R2 2

Cluster Validation in Windows 2008 amp R2 2

Windows 2008 R2 ndash Failover Clustering Improvements 3

Information You Should Know ndash Setup Improvements 3

2008 R2 - Virtualization Improvements 4

BEFORE WE BEGIN ndash NOTES REGARDING MSCS 5

CLUSTER QUORUM REQUIREMENTS 5

LOCAL INSTALL CONSIDERATIONS 6

MICROSOFT DISTRIBUTED TRANSACTION COORDINATOR (MS DTC) 6

INSTALL 2008 R2 MICROSOFT CLUSTER SERVICES 8

SQL CLUSTER WIZARD NODE 1 23

SQL CLUSTER WIZARD NODE 2 30

MANAGING CLUSTER SERVICES 36

MANAGING FAILOVER TESTING VALIDATION 37

DOCUMENTATION REFERENCE 38

Page 2 of 38

SQL Clustering Requirements

Scope

This document is a standard step-by-step guide written for purposes of creating a ldquorepeatablerdquo manual process for Microsoft

Server 2008 R2 Cluster Service and SQL 2008 R2 running two-node cluster and present options for high availability and scalability utilizing Active Directory Integrated DNS and DFS to add capacity only when required This applies to custom and dedicated installations to provide the highest economies of scale In addition this document proposes alternative solutions such as 2008 R2 NLB (Network Load Balancing) concepts for higher redundancy and ability to scale beyond normal constraints of clustering using several key technologies

1 Active Directory ndash File Services Role w caching

2 Microsoft 2008 R2 NTFS ndash Significant enhancements

3 Microsoft 2008 R2 GPT ndash Support for large disks combined with x64 4 Microsoft 2008 R2 - Network Load Balancing (SP 1 is out now) 5 Active Directory - Distributed File System

Although the core scope is installation and configuration of a 2-node cluster on Server 2008 R2 64 Bit there are opportunities to utilize additional technologies that I will document as optional with benefits for future prosperity The goal is to

1 Increase Economies Of Scale 2 Lower Operational Costs 3 Increate Return on Investment

4 Provide a secure design that complies with SOX HIPAA and other auditable methodologies 5 Open discussion to new designs utilizing newer technology available in 2008 R2 and now 2008 R2 SP1

a Technologies included with the OS at no additional charge b Technologies that have potential to lower costs but require validation testing

Understanding the Changes in Windows 2008 R2

Please review each section below these section is need-to-know information identified by the VCISS Design Team There are

enhancements to SQL Server 2008 R2 that are critical to understand the enhancements and key differences in security to MSCS and Microsoft Best Practice In this section I describe the key differences In the following sections I provide critical information regarding 2008 R2 that is designed to assure a successful install

Cluster Validation in Windows 2008 amp R2

One of the biggest changes in failover clustering in Windows Server 2008 was the removal of the requirement that the hardware used in the cluster must be listed in the Microsoft Hardware Compatibility List (HCL) in order for the cluster to be supported

Hardware Validationmdashto participate in the HCL OEM vendors had to submit specific hardware configurations for

testing While this ensured the systems worked with failover clustering it also tended to limit the number of systems available for failover clustering and contributed toward making these systems expensive

Page 3 of 38

Cluster Validation Wizardmdashthe OEM hardware submission requirement was eliminated with Windows Server 2008 and replaced by the new Cluster Validation Wizard

Validation Testingmdasha Windows Server 2008 failover cluster will be supported if it passes the cluster validation tests

Windows 2008 R2 ndash Failover Clustering Improvements

Configuration WizardmdashMicrosoft supports a failover cluster solution only if all the hardware components are marked as

Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 In addition the complete configuration (servers network and storage) must pass all tests in the Validate a Configuration wizard which is included in the Failover Cluster Manager snap-in

Windows PowerShell cmdlets for Failover ClustersmdashWindows PowerShell is a new command-line shell and scripting

technology that uses consistent syntax and naming patterns across the roles and features in Windows Server 2008 R2 The new cmdlets for failover clusters provide powerful ways to script cluster configuration and management tasks Windows PowerShell cmdlets will eventually replace the Clusterexe command-line interface

o If you use the Server Core installation option of Windows Server 2008 R2 for your failover cluster the Windows PowerShell cmdlets for failover clusters simplify the local management of the cluster

Read-only Permissions Optionmdashyou can assign read-only permission to a user or group who might need to see the cluster but not change the configuration of the cluster

Cluster Shared Volumesmdashwith Cluster Shared Volumes the configuration of clustered virtual machines (supported by the Hyper-V feature) is much simpler than before With Cluster Shared Volumes

o You can reduce the number of LUNs (disks) required for your virtual machines instead of having to manage one LUN per virtual machine (Previously the recommended configuration was one LUN per virtual machine because the LUN was the unit of failover) Many virtual machines can use a single LUN and can fail over without causing the other virtual machines on the same LUN to also fail over

o You can make better use of disk space because you do not need to place each Virtual Hard Disk (VHD) file on a separate disk with extra free space set aside just for that VHD file Instead the free space on a Cluster Shared Volume can be used by any VHD file on that LUN

o You can more easily track the paths to VHD files and other files used by virtual machines You can specify the path names instead of identifying disks by drive letters (limited to the number of letters in the alphabet) or identifiers called GUIDs (which are hard to use and remember) With Cluster Shared Volumes the path appears to be on the system drive of the node under the ClusterStorage folder However this path is the same when viewed from any node in the cluster

o If you use a few Cluster Shared Volumes to create a configuration that supports many clustered virtual machines you can perform validation more quickly than you could with a configuration that uses many LUNs to support many clustered virtual machines With fewer LUNs validation runs more quickly (You perform validation by running the Validate a Configuration Wizard in the snap-in for failover clusters)

o There are no special hardware requirements beyond what is already required for storage in a failover cluster (although Cluster Shared Volumes require NTFS)

o Resiliency is increased because the cluster can respond correctly even if connectivity between one node and the SAN is interrupted or part of a network is down The cluster will re-route the Cluster Shared Volumes traffic through an intact part of the SAN or network

Information You Should Know ndash Setup Improvements

Simplified Cluster Setup and Managementmdashother important improvements in Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover

Clustering are the changes to the failover cluster setup and management process The new Create Cluster Wizard makes it easier to create clusters and the new Failover Cluster Manager streamlines the management experience

Support for GUID Partition Table Disksmdashrecent advances in storage technologies have resulted in very large capacity

storage Support for GUID (Globally Unique Identifier) Partition Tables (GPT) enables Windows Server clusters to utilize partitions that are larger than 2TB In addition GPT disks provide built-in redundancy for the storage of their partition information

Page 4 of 38

Support for Multiple SubnetsmdashWindows Server 2008 Failover Clustering also now allows cluster nodes to be placed on

different subnets This is an important improvement for supporting geographically dispersed clusters in the future and plays a role in multi-tenancy today

Maximum Node Improvementsmdashtaking advantage of the enhanced clustering support found in Windows Server 2008

R2 SQL Server 2008 R2 can now be implemented on up to 16 node clusters in Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition and Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition SQL Server 2008 Standard Edition supports a maximum of two nodes In addition SQL Server 2008 supports eight-node clustering on clustering A summary of Windows Server and SQL Server 2008 failover clustering maximum node support is shown below

Setup changes for SQL Server failover clusteringmdashintroduces new installation options one option forces you to run the

Setup program on each node of the failover cluster To add a node to an existing SQL Server failover cluster you must run SQL Server Setup on the node that is to be added to the SQL Server failover cluster instance Another option creates an enterprise push to nodes from the active node

Cluster nodes residing on different subnetsmdashWith Windows 2008 cluster nodes can now reside on different network

subnets across network routers You no longer have to stretch virtual local area networks to connect geographically separated cluster nodes This opens the door to clustered disaster recovery options

Instances per clustermdashSQL Server 2008 Enterprise Edition supports up to 25 SQL Server instances per cluster (up to 50

for a nonclustered server)

More cluster-aware applicationsmdashMany of the MS SQL Server 2008 products are cluster aware such as Analysis

Services Full Text Search Integration Services Reporting Services FILESTREAM and others making these applications more highly available and resilient

Isolation of the quorum disk in MSCSmdasha shared disk partition that is not on the same physical driveLUN as the quorum drive must be available in an attempt to reduce failure dependencies

Microsoft Clustering Service(s) Recoverymdashcan monitor applications and resources automatically recognizing and

recovering from many failure conditions This capability provides great flexibility in managing the workload within a cluster and it improves the overall availability of the system

2008 R2 - Virtualization Improvements

Increased Availability for Virtual Data Centers

One of the most important aspects of any data center is providing the highest possible availability for systems and

applications Virtual data centers are no exception to the need for consolidation high availability and most of all sophisticated management tools

Hyper-V in Windows Server 2008 R2 includes the Live Migration feature which allows you to move a virtual machine between two virtualization host servers without any interruption of service The users connected to the virtual machine being moved might notice only a slight slowing in performance for a few moments Otherwise they will be unaware that the virtual machine was moved from one physical computer to another

Live Migration Support through Cluster Shared Volumes

Live Migration uses the new Cluster Shared Volumes (CSV) feature within Failover Clustering in Windows Server 2008

R2 The CSV volumes enable multiple nodes in the same failover cluster to concurrently access the same logical unit number (LUN)

While CSVs are currently employed mainly for Live Migration their benefits will extend beyond that single scenario For one theyrsquore easy to configure using simple NTFS rather than some other proprietary format That means administrators

wonrsquot have to reformat their SANs to take advantage of CSVs

It also means administrators will have an easier time showing users only a single data repository rather than a small

forest of silosmdashno more drive letter metaphors for end-users just convenient networked storage And last CSVs donrsquot require config and management tools of their own Windows Server administrators used to the tools in Windows Server

2008 can continue using those same consoles and theyrsquoll simply work with CSVs in R2 Improved Cluster Node Connectivity Fault Tolerance

o Because of the architecture of CSV there is improved cluster node connectivity fault tolerance that directly affects VMs running on the cluster The CSV architecture implements a mechanism known as dynamic IO redirection where IO can be rerouted within the failover cluster based on connection availability

Enhanced Cluster Validation Tool

Page 5 of 38

o Windows Server 2008 R2 includes a Best Practices Analyzer (BPA) for all major server roles including Failover Clustering This analyzer examines the best practices configuration settings for a cluster and cluster nodes

o Improved Migration of Cluster Workloads

Before we Begin ndash Notes Regarding MSCS

Prior to starting a new install please make sure to review this list of ldquopre-requisiterdquo information This is a list of ldquolessons learnedrdquo from previous project and dynamic in content If you feel anything is missing from this list please forward this information to

MSCS is relatively sensitive to the hardware and network equipment The equipment leveraged by Dell VCISS solution complies with Microsoft hardware compatibility guidelines list accessible at the referenced link below

In addition SQL Server failover cluster instances are not supported where the cluster nodes are also domain controllers

Shared Nothing Disk ArraysmdashMSCS supports shared nothing disk arrays in which only one node can own a

given resource at any given moment All other nodes are denied access until they own the resource This protects the data from being overwritten when two computers have access to the same drives concurrently

Quorum Resourcemdashto ensure that the cluster always has an up-to-date copy of the latest configuration

information you should deploy the quorum resource on a highly available disk configuration (using mirroring triple-mirroring or RAID 10 at the very least)

SQL Server Service Accounts and Passwordsmdashshould be kept the same on all nodes or a node will not be

able to restart a SQL Server service You can use administrator or a designated account (for example Cluster or ClusterAdmin) that has administrator rights within the domain and on each server

Drive lettersmdashfor the cluster disks must be the same on all nodes (servers) Otherwise you might not be able

to access a clustered disk

TCPIPmdashyou might have to create an alternative method to connect to SQL Server if the network name is

offline and you cannot connect using TCPIP

Named Pipesmdashyou can use named pipes

o Specified as pipe$$SQLAsqlquery

Share Memory and VIAmdashshared memory and VIA are NOT supported on failover clusters

WOW64 a feature of 64-bit editions of Windows that enables 32-bit applications to run natively in 32-bit

mode Applications function in 32-bit mode even though the underlying operating system is running on the 64-bit operating system

o WOW64 is supported only for stand-alone instances of SQL Server o WOW64 is NOT supported for SQL Server failover cluster installations

SQL Management Tools x64mdashFor SQL Server 64-bit Edition installations on 64-bit supported operating

systems Management Tools are supported in WOW64

Server CoremdashSQL Server 2008 R2 is NOT supported on Windows Server 2008 SP2 Server Core or Windows Server 2008 R2 Server Core installations

Cluster Quorum Requirements

The requirements that follow pertain to ldquoNode and File Share Majorityrdquo option This option is a primary decision

point in the VCISS Design Document Please consider the following

Page 6 of 38

Microsoft Recommendationmdashutilizes a Node and File Share Majority quorum o Node and file share majority consists of each node in the cluster plus the designated file share

witness can vote when they are in communication

o The cluster will only function when more than half of the nodes are available This mode is recommended for multisite clusters for clusters with an even number of nodes and for clusters with no shared storage

Cluster Quorum Elementsmdashcan be cluster nodes a disk witness or a file share witness A disk or file share

witness is a shared cluster disk resource or a file share that is available on the cluster that the administrator has especially designated to serve as a part of the quorum

Witness Diskmdashthe disk witness quorum is a Windows disk that resides on shared storage and contains a

copy of the cluster configuration

File Share Witnessmdashthe file share witness is a file share that resides on a networked server that is accessible

by all cluster nodes The file share quorum does not maintain a copy of the cluster configuration

Quorum Disk Sizemdashit is recommended that you configure the quorum disk size to be 500 MB this size is the

minimum required for an efficient NTFS partition Larger disk sizes are allowable but are not currently needed

Local Install Considerations

Actual hard disk space requirements depend on your system configuration and the features that you decide to install The following table provides disk space requirements for SQL Server 2008 R2 components

Feature Disk space

requirement

Database Engine and data files Replication and Full-Text Search 711 MB

Analysis Services and data files 345 MB

Reporting Services and Report Manager 304 MB

Integration Services 591 MB

Client Components (Other than Books Online and Integration Services tools) 1823 MB

SQL Server Books Online 157 MB

Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator (MS DTC)

The Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator (MS DTC) is required for most SQL Server failover cluster

installations However if you are installing only the relational database engine or just Analysis Services then MS DTC is NOT required

MS DTC is required if you are installing

The workstation components SQL Server Integration Services or if you intend to use distributed transactions

Page 7 of 38

You can install MS DTC either before or after you install SQL Server 2008 R2 on the cluster but as it is a

requirement itrsquos simpler to install it before you begin the SQL Server R2 installation

MS DTC must be installed as a separate cluster resource from SQL Server 2008 R2 It must also have its own

shared storage thatrsquos separate from the shared storage used by VCISS SQL Server R2

Page 8 of 38

Install 2008 R2 Microsoft Cluster Services

Summary

2008 R2 Failover Support

Current Offering

Server 2008 R2 ENT Edition

SQL 2008 R2 STD Edition

Note Utilizing AD DFS allows for 2-node clusters

dynamically allocated as required behind DFS root to

maintain the illusion of a single share for Citrix UPM

-

Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Service

Default set to ldquoManualrdquo Set Service to Automatic

Start Service

Note This is required for a step further down the list when

configuring the iSCSI Initiator

Note The virtual IP address is used by the iSCSI clients to connect to the SAN This insulates the iSCSI clients from needing to know any configuration information about nodes that are added Instead clients

that connect using the iSCSI Initiator are configured to use the SANrsquos virtual IP address By Default iSCSI Initiator service is set to Manual

-

Configure BACS on NICs

This assumes BACS on Dell or similar hardware utilizing a dedicated network for iSCSI traffic

CLN01

CLN02

Page 9 of 38

Volume Description Data

Allocation

C Drive SQL Binaries Temp (1) 1 GB 1gt4GB

Volume 1 Quorum Drive 1 GB

Volume 2 SQL Data SQL Logs (See Below)

Volume 2 XenApp Farm (2) 200 MB

Volume 2 XenApp AMC Logging 1 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Farm (3) 40 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Logging 5 GB

Volume 2 PVS Server Farm 1 GB

Volume 3 PVS Write Cache (4) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Data (per 500) (5) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Profiles (per 500) (6) 250 GB

Volume 4 Application Packages (7) 60 GB

-

Storage Allocation

Based on 500 user POD

Note You must use shared storage that is

compatible with Windows Server 2008 R2

For this two-node cluster the quorum

configuration will be Node and Disk

Majority

Requirement Notes

XenApp SQL Temp(1)

A temp database on a partition with at least 1 GB of free disk space and set to grow

automatically Citrix recommends 4GB if the farm is large and includes multiple print drivers XenApp Farm SQL Farm DB(2)

Disk space approximately 100MB or every

250 servers and 50 published applications in the farm Initial POD Offering includes streaming and locally hosted applications XenDesktop Farm SQL DB (3)

40 GB based on Citrix published number of

20000 desktops equating to 150 GB SQL Instance 5000 users equals 375 GB 500 users equals 9375 GB (10) PVS Write Cache (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Data (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Profiles (5)

Based on 512 MB per user Application Packages (6)

Based on 2 GB per package and assumes 30 streamed packages

Two Node Utilility Cluster (CLN01 gt CLN02)

The storage contains at least four separate volumes (LUNs) configured at the hardware level

Storage requirements include the following

To use the native disk support included in failover clustering

use basic disks not dynamic disks

We recommend that you format the partitions with NTFS (for the witness disk the partition must be NTFS)

For the partition style of the disk you can use either master

boot record (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT)

The witness disk is a disk in the cluster storage that is

designated to hold a copy of the cluster configuration

database (A witness disk is part of some not all quorum configurations)

For this two-node cluster the quorum configuration will be

Node and Disk Majority the default for a cluster with an

even number of nodes Node and Disk Majority means that the nodes and the witness disk each contain copies of the

cluster configuration and the cluster has quorum as long as a majority (two out of three) of these copies are available

Network infrastructure and domain account

requirements for a two-node failover cluster

Checklist

Network Checklist

Setting Notes Network settings When you use identical network adapters for

a network also use identical communication settings on those adapters (for example Speed Duplex Mode Flow Control and Media Type)

DNS The servers in the cluster must be using DNS

Page 10 of 38

Service Account Service Account Description

1 vdsSQLAgent SQL Agent Service Account

2 vdsSQLDB SQL Database Engine

3 vdsSQLvCenter vCenter Service Account

4 vdsSQLPVS Provisioning Server (PVS)

5 vdsSQLXDC XenDestkop 5 Site Database

6 vdsSQLXDCLogs XenDesktop 5 Site Change Log

7 vdsXenApp XenApp 60 Farm Database

8 vdxXenAppLogs XenApp 60 Change Log

9

for name resolution The DNS dynamic update protocol is recommended

Domain role Verify both nodes are members of the domain per the steps above

Domain controller Clustered servers should be member servers for purposes of this architecture

Cluster Administrator

This should always be the VCISS administrator or install

team administrator

A dedicated administrator is no longer

required with 2008 R2 SQL The DDVS Domain Local group should reside in the BUILTINAdministrator group of both cluster nodes Login using the pre-assigned accounts from the Active Directory documentation This is the only account required and it must reside in the Account

Operators group Create Service Accounts

-

SQL SERVICE ACCOUNTS

Required for multi-tenant and Dedicated customers

Service accounts must reside in the Service Account Domain Local Group

-

Cluter Drive Assignments ndash Best Practice

LUN Name Service LUN

Allocated to Cluster Drive Partition File

Sys

WITNESS WitnessQuorum drive

Q GPT NTFS

SQLDATA1 XenApp Farm Z GPT NTFS

SQLDATA2 XenDesktop Site X GPT NTFS

SQLLOGS SQL Logs L GPT NTFS

SOFTWARE ISO Software Citrix Tools Citrix Licensing

S GPT NTFS

APPSTREAM Application Data and Streaming Profiles

R GPT NTFS

PROFILES User Profiles P GPT NTFS

USERDATA User Data Home Folders

U GPT NTFS

Page 11 of 38

Subnet

Gateway

Reserved

Static

Range

Reserved

DHCP

Range

Reserved

Network

Devices

Purpose

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS

DRAC and

ESX

Infrastructure

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

VLAN for

Vmotion

VMs

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

Storage

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

VCISS

Customer

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Backup

Recovery

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Monitoring

-

Network SegmentsVLANs

The file services cluster require access to minimum of the following networks listed on the right hand side This table is editable for purposes of tracking this information prior to installation

This information is required to configure the BACS on the cluster NICS later in this document

NETWORK SEGMENTS

-

Next you need to configure the iSCSI

Initiator on each of the Cluster Nodes To configure the iSCSI Initiator choose Start |

Administrative Tools | iSCSI Initiator

Assuming iSCSI is started

The second prompt will ask you if you want to unblock the Microsoft iSCSI service so it can communicate across the Windows

firewall Again yoursquoll want to answer Yes

You can also control this by manually configuring the Windows firewall and unblocking port 3260 To configure the Windows firewall open the Control Panel and then select the Windows Firewall applet

Page 12 of 38

Before connecting to the SAN you may need to configure the SAN with the iSCSI Initiator name The iSCSI Initiator name can

be found on the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Configuration tab The example presented

here uses the name ldquoiqn1991-

05commicrosoftorportvsql01contosocomrdquo

The name used in your configuration will be

different depending on the system and domain names that are in use

To configure the iSCSI Initiator select the

Discovery tab and then click Discover

Portal This will display the Discover Target Portal dialog box

Using the Discover Target Portal dialog box enter the IP address used by the SAN

The default port of 3260 After entering the IP address click OK and the iSCSI Initiator will discover the storage resources that are available on the SAN All of the storage resources will be listed on

the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Targets tab At this point you can select each

of the discovered targets and then click the Connect button

ISCSI INITIATOR TARGETS

All of the connected SAN resources will be displayed in the Targets list box The Status for each of the targets should show ldquoConnectedrdquo At this point the drives can be viewed using Disk Manager exactly as if they were locally attached storage Clicking OK ends the iSCSI Initiator

Page 13 of 38

Working with iSCSI SAN storage using Disk Management to Prepare Drives

Configure Each Drive

Right click each drive select Online

Select drive volume

Select Change Drive Letter and Paths

Format drives using NTFS and GPT

Take Drives Offline

After preparing the drives be sure to bring them offline so that the Create Cluster Wizard can use them as storage To bring the drives offline

Right-click each disk icon displayed

Select Offline from the context menu

Repeat Steps on Cluster Node 2

You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover

-

REPEAT STEPS You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover Cluster installation to work

Page 14 of 38

Adding the Failover Cluster Feature with Server Manager

Run Server Manager by selecting Start

Administrative Tools

Server Manager

Click the Features node

Click Add Features at right

Add Failover Clustering

Scroll through the list of features in the Select Features window until you see Failover Clustering

To add the Failover Clustering feature select its check box and then click Next

The Confirm Installation Selections screen

The Confirm Installation Selections dialog box confirms that you have elected to install the Failover Clustering feature

To proceed with the installation click Install

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 2 of 38

SQL Clustering Requirements

Scope

This document is a standard step-by-step guide written for purposes of creating a ldquorepeatablerdquo manual process for Microsoft

Server 2008 R2 Cluster Service and SQL 2008 R2 running two-node cluster and present options for high availability and scalability utilizing Active Directory Integrated DNS and DFS to add capacity only when required This applies to custom and dedicated installations to provide the highest economies of scale In addition this document proposes alternative solutions such as 2008 R2 NLB (Network Load Balancing) concepts for higher redundancy and ability to scale beyond normal constraints of clustering using several key technologies

1 Active Directory ndash File Services Role w caching

2 Microsoft 2008 R2 NTFS ndash Significant enhancements

3 Microsoft 2008 R2 GPT ndash Support for large disks combined with x64 4 Microsoft 2008 R2 - Network Load Balancing (SP 1 is out now) 5 Active Directory - Distributed File System

Although the core scope is installation and configuration of a 2-node cluster on Server 2008 R2 64 Bit there are opportunities to utilize additional technologies that I will document as optional with benefits for future prosperity The goal is to

1 Increase Economies Of Scale 2 Lower Operational Costs 3 Increate Return on Investment

4 Provide a secure design that complies with SOX HIPAA and other auditable methodologies 5 Open discussion to new designs utilizing newer technology available in 2008 R2 and now 2008 R2 SP1

a Technologies included with the OS at no additional charge b Technologies that have potential to lower costs but require validation testing

Understanding the Changes in Windows 2008 R2

Please review each section below these section is need-to-know information identified by the VCISS Design Team There are

enhancements to SQL Server 2008 R2 that are critical to understand the enhancements and key differences in security to MSCS and Microsoft Best Practice In this section I describe the key differences In the following sections I provide critical information regarding 2008 R2 that is designed to assure a successful install

Cluster Validation in Windows 2008 amp R2

One of the biggest changes in failover clustering in Windows Server 2008 was the removal of the requirement that the hardware used in the cluster must be listed in the Microsoft Hardware Compatibility List (HCL) in order for the cluster to be supported

Hardware Validationmdashto participate in the HCL OEM vendors had to submit specific hardware configurations for

testing While this ensured the systems worked with failover clustering it also tended to limit the number of systems available for failover clustering and contributed toward making these systems expensive

Page 3 of 38

Cluster Validation Wizardmdashthe OEM hardware submission requirement was eliminated with Windows Server 2008 and replaced by the new Cluster Validation Wizard

Validation Testingmdasha Windows Server 2008 failover cluster will be supported if it passes the cluster validation tests

Windows 2008 R2 ndash Failover Clustering Improvements

Configuration WizardmdashMicrosoft supports a failover cluster solution only if all the hardware components are marked as

Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 In addition the complete configuration (servers network and storage) must pass all tests in the Validate a Configuration wizard which is included in the Failover Cluster Manager snap-in

Windows PowerShell cmdlets for Failover ClustersmdashWindows PowerShell is a new command-line shell and scripting

technology that uses consistent syntax and naming patterns across the roles and features in Windows Server 2008 R2 The new cmdlets for failover clusters provide powerful ways to script cluster configuration and management tasks Windows PowerShell cmdlets will eventually replace the Clusterexe command-line interface

o If you use the Server Core installation option of Windows Server 2008 R2 for your failover cluster the Windows PowerShell cmdlets for failover clusters simplify the local management of the cluster

Read-only Permissions Optionmdashyou can assign read-only permission to a user or group who might need to see the cluster but not change the configuration of the cluster

Cluster Shared Volumesmdashwith Cluster Shared Volumes the configuration of clustered virtual machines (supported by the Hyper-V feature) is much simpler than before With Cluster Shared Volumes

o You can reduce the number of LUNs (disks) required for your virtual machines instead of having to manage one LUN per virtual machine (Previously the recommended configuration was one LUN per virtual machine because the LUN was the unit of failover) Many virtual machines can use a single LUN and can fail over without causing the other virtual machines on the same LUN to also fail over

o You can make better use of disk space because you do not need to place each Virtual Hard Disk (VHD) file on a separate disk with extra free space set aside just for that VHD file Instead the free space on a Cluster Shared Volume can be used by any VHD file on that LUN

o You can more easily track the paths to VHD files and other files used by virtual machines You can specify the path names instead of identifying disks by drive letters (limited to the number of letters in the alphabet) or identifiers called GUIDs (which are hard to use and remember) With Cluster Shared Volumes the path appears to be on the system drive of the node under the ClusterStorage folder However this path is the same when viewed from any node in the cluster

o If you use a few Cluster Shared Volumes to create a configuration that supports many clustered virtual machines you can perform validation more quickly than you could with a configuration that uses many LUNs to support many clustered virtual machines With fewer LUNs validation runs more quickly (You perform validation by running the Validate a Configuration Wizard in the snap-in for failover clusters)

o There are no special hardware requirements beyond what is already required for storage in a failover cluster (although Cluster Shared Volumes require NTFS)

o Resiliency is increased because the cluster can respond correctly even if connectivity between one node and the SAN is interrupted or part of a network is down The cluster will re-route the Cluster Shared Volumes traffic through an intact part of the SAN or network

Information You Should Know ndash Setup Improvements

Simplified Cluster Setup and Managementmdashother important improvements in Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover

Clustering are the changes to the failover cluster setup and management process The new Create Cluster Wizard makes it easier to create clusters and the new Failover Cluster Manager streamlines the management experience

Support for GUID Partition Table Disksmdashrecent advances in storage technologies have resulted in very large capacity

storage Support for GUID (Globally Unique Identifier) Partition Tables (GPT) enables Windows Server clusters to utilize partitions that are larger than 2TB In addition GPT disks provide built-in redundancy for the storage of their partition information

Page 4 of 38

Support for Multiple SubnetsmdashWindows Server 2008 Failover Clustering also now allows cluster nodes to be placed on

different subnets This is an important improvement for supporting geographically dispersed clusters in the future and plays a role in multi-tenancy today

Maximum Node Improvementsmdashtaking advantage of the enhanced clustering support found in Windows Server 2008

R2 SQL Server 2008 R2 can now be implemented on up to 16 node clusters in Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition and Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition SQL Server 2008 Standard Edition supports a maximum of two nodes In addition SQL Server 2008 supports eight-node clustering on clustering A summary of Windows Server and SQL Server 2008 failover clustering maximum node support is shown below

Setup changes for SQL Server failover clusteringmdashintroduces new installation options one option forces you to run the

Setup program on each node of the failover cluster To add a node to an existing SQL Server failover cluster you must run SQL Server Setup on the node that is to be added to the SQL Server failover cluster instance Another option creates an enterprise push to nodes from the active node

Cluster nodes residing on different subnetsmdashWith Windows 2008 cluster nodes can now reside on different network

subnets across network routers You no longer have to stretch virtual local area networks to connect geographically separated cluster nodes This opens the door to clustered disaster recovery options

Instances per clustermdashSQL Server 2008 Enterprise Edition supports up to 25 SQL Server instances per cluster (up to 50

for a nonclustered server)

More cluster-aware applicationsmdashMany of the MS SQL Server 2008 products are cluster aware such as Analysis

Services Full Text Search Integration Services Reporting Services FILESTREAM and others making these applications more highly available and resilient

Isolation of the quorum disk in MSCSmdasha shared disk partition that is not on the same physical driveLUN as the quorum drive must be available in an attempt to reduce failure dependencies

Microsoft Clustering Service(s) Recoverymdashcan monitor applications and resources automatically recognizing and

recovering from many failure conditions This capability provides great flexibility in managing the workload within a cluster and it improves the overall availability of the system

2008 R2 - Virtualization Improvements

Increased Availability for Virtual Data Centers

One of the most important aspects of any data center is providing the highest possible availability for systems and

applications Virtual data centers are no exception to the need for consolidation high availability and most of all sophisticated management tools

Hyper-V in Windows Server 2008 R2 includes the Live Migration feature which allows you to move a virtual machine between two virtualization host servers without any interruption of service The users connected to the virtual machine being moved might notice only a slight slowing in performance for a few moments Otherwise they will be unaware that the virtual machine was moved from one physical computer to another

Live Migration Support through Cluster Shared Volumes

Live Migration uses the new Cluster Shared Volumes (CSV) feature within Failover Clustering in Windows Server 2008

R2 The CSV volumes enable multiple nodes in the same failover cluster to concurrently access the same logical unit number (LUN)

While CSVs are currently employed mainly for Live Migration their benefits will extend beyond that single scenario For one theyrsquore easy to configure using simple NTFS rather than some other proprietary format That means administrators

wonrsquot have to reformat their SANs to take advantage of CSVs

It also means administrators will have an easier time showing users only a single data repository rather than a small

forest of silosmdashno more drive letter metaphors for end-users just convenient networked storage And last CSVs donrsquot require config and management tools of their own Windows Server administrators used to the tools in Windows Server

2008 can continue using those same consoles and theyrsquoll simply work with CSVs in R2 Improved Cluster Node Connectivity Fault Tolerance

o Because of the architecture of CSV there is improved cluster node connectivity fault tolerance that directly affects VMs running on the cluster The CSV architecture implements a mechanism known as dynamic IO redirection where IO can be rerouted within the failover cluster based on connection availability

Enhanced Cluster Validation Tool

Page 5 of 38

o Windows Server 2008 R2 includes a Best Practices Analyzer (BPA) for all major server roles including Failover Clustering This analyzer examines the best practices configuration settings for a cluster and cluster nodes

o Improved Migration of Cluster Workloads

Before we Begin ndash Notes Regarding MSCS

Prior to starting a new install please make sure to review this list of ldquopre-requisiterdquo information This is a list of ldquolessons learnedrdquo from previous project and dynamic in content If you feel anything is missing from this list please forward this information to

MSCS is relatively sensitive to the hardware and network equipment The equipment leveraged by Dell VCISS solution complies with Microsoft hardware compatibility guidelines list accessible at the referenced link below

In addition SQL Server failover cluster instances are not supported where the cluster nodes are also domain controllers

Shared Nothing Disk ArraysmdashMSCS supports shared nothing disk arrays in which only one node can own a

given resource at any given moment All other nodes are denied access until they own the resource This protects the data from being overwritten when two computers have access to the same drives concurrently

Quorum Resourcemdashto ensure that the cluster always has an up-to-date copy of the latest configuration

information you should deploy the quorum resource on a highly available disk configuration (using mirroring triple-mirroring or RAID 10 at the very least)

SQL Server Service Accounts and Passwordsmdashshould be kept the same on all nodes or a node will not be

able to restart a SQL Server service You can use administrator or a designated account (for example Cluster or ClusterAdmin) that has administrator rights within the domain and on each server

Drive lettersmdashfor the cluster disks must be the same on all nodes (servers) Otherwise you might not be able

to access a clustered disk

TCPIPmdashyou might have to create an alternative method to connect to SQL Server if the network name is

offline and you cannot connect using TCPIP

Named Pipesmdashyou can use named pipes

o Specified as pipe$$SQLAsqlquery

Share Memory and VIAmdashshared memory and VIA are NOT supported on failover clusters

WOW64 a feature of 64-bit editions of Windows that enables 32-bit applications to run natively in 32-bit

mode Applications function in 32-bit mode even though the underlying operating system is running on the 64-bit operating system

o WOW64 is supported only for stand-alone instances of SQL Server o WOW64 is NOT supported for SQL Server failover cluster installations

SQL Management Tools x64mdashFor SQL Server 64-bit Edition installations on 64-bit supported operating

systems Management Tools are supported in WOW64

Server CoremdashSQL Server 2008 R2 is NOT supported on Windows Server 2008 SP2 Server Core or Windows Server 2008 R2 Server Core installations

Cluster Quorum Requirements

The requirements that follow pertain to ldquoNode and File Share Majorityrdquo option This option is a primary decision

point in the VCISS Design Document Please consider the following

Page 6 of 38

Microsoft Recommendationmdashutilizes a Node and File Share Majority quorum o Node and file share majority consists of each node in the cluster plus the designated file share

witness can vote when they are in communication

o The cluster will only function when more than half of the nodes are available This mode is recommended for multisite clusters for clusters with an even number of nodes and for clusters with no shared storage

Cluster Quorum Elementsmdashcan be cluster nodes a disk witness or a file share witness A disk or file share

witness is a shared cluster disk resource or a file share that is available on the cluster that the administrator has especially designated to serve as a part of the quorum

Witness Diskmdashthe disk witness quorum is a Windows disk that resides on shared storage and contains a

copy of the cluster configuration

File Share Witnessmdashthe file share witness is a file share that resides on a networked server that is accessible

by all cluster nodes The file share quorum does not maintain a copy of the cluster configuration

Quorum Disk Sizemdashit is recommended that you configure the quorum disk size to be 500 MB this size is the

minimum required for an efficient NTFS partition Larger disk sizes are allowable but are not currently needed

Local Install Considerations

Actual hard disk space requirements depend on your system configuration and the features that you decide to install The following table provides disk space requirements for SQL Server 2008 R2 components

Feature Disk space

requirement

Database Engine and data files Replication and Full-Text Search 711 MB

Analysis Services and data files 345 MB

Reporting Services and Report Manager 304 MB

Integration Services 591 MB

Client Components (Other than Books Online and Integration Services tools) 1823 MB

SQL Server Books Online 157 MB

Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator (MS DTC)

The Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator (MS DTC) is required for most SQL Server failover cluster

installations However if you are installing only the relational database engine or just Analysis Services then MS DTC is NOT required

MS DTC is required if you are installing

The workstation components SQL Server Integration Services or if you intend to use distributed transactions

Page 7 of 38

You can install MS DTC either before or after you install SQL Server 2008 R2 on the cluster but as it is a

requirement itrsquos simpler to install it before you begin the SQL Server R2 installation

MS DTC must be installed as a separate cluster resource from SQL Server 2008 R2 It must also have its own

shared storage thatrsquos separate from the shared storage used by VCISS SQL Server R2

Page 8 of 38

Install 2008 R2 Microsoft Cluster Services

Summary

2008 R2 Failover Support

Current Offering

Server 2008 R2 ENT Edition

SQL 2008 R2 STD Edition

Note Utilizing AD DFS allows for 2-node clusters

dynamically allocated as required behind DFS root to

maintain the illusion of a single share for Citrix UPM

-

Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Service

Default set to ldquoManualrdquo Set Service to Automatic

Start Service

Note This is required for a step further down the list when

configuring the iSCSI Initiator

Note The virtual IP address is used by the iSCSI clients to connect to the SAN This insulates the iSCSI clients from needing to know any configuration information about nodes that are added Instead clients

that connect using the iSCSI Initiator are configured to use the SANrsquos virtual IP address By Default iSCSI Initiator service is set to Manual

-

Configure BACS on NICs

This assumes BACS on Dell or similar hardware utilizing a dedicated network for iSCSI traffic

CLN01

CLN02

Page 9 of 38

Volume Description Data

Allocation

C Drive SQL Binaries Temp (1) 1 GB 1gt4GB

Volume 1 Quorum Drive 1 GB

Volume 2 SQL Data SQL Logs (See Below)

Volume 2 XenApp Farm (2) 200 MB

Volume 2 XenApp AMC Logging 1 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Farm (3) 40 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Logging 5 GB

Volume 2 PVS Server Farm 1 GB

Volume 3 PVS Write Cache (4) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Data (per 500) (5) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Profiles (per 500) (6) 250 GB

Volume 4 Application Packages (7) 60 GB

-

Storage Allocation

Based on 500 user POD

Note You must use shared storage that is

compatible with Windows Server 2008 R2

For this two-node cluster the quorum

configuration will be Node and Disk

Majority

Requirement Notes

XenApp SQL Temp(1)

A temp database on a partition with at least 1 GB of free disk space and set to grow

automatically Citrix recommends 4GB if the farm is large and includes multiple print drivers XenApp Farm SQL Farm DB(2)

Disk space approximately 100MB or every

250 servers and 50 published applications in the farm Initial POD Offering includes streaming and locally hosted applications XenDesktop Farm SQL DB (3)

40 GB based on Citrix published number of

20000 desktops equating to 150 GB SQL Instance 5000 users equals 375 GB 500 users equals 9375 GB (10) PVS Write Cache (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Data (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Profiles (5)

Based on 512 MB per user Application Packages (6)

Based on 2 GB per package and assumes 30 streamed packages

Two Node Utilility Cluster (CLN01 gt CLN02)

The storage contains at least four separate volumes (LUNs) configured at the hardware level

Storage requirements include the following

To use the native disk support included in failover clustering

use basic disks not dynamic disks

We recommend that you format the partitions with NTFS (for the witness disk the partition must be NTFS)

For the partition style of the disk you can use either master

boot record (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT)

The witness disk is a disk in the cluster storage that is

designated to hold a copy of the cluster configuration

database (A witness disk is part of some not all quorum configurations)

For this two-node cluster the quorum configuration will be

Node and Disk Majority the default for a cluster with an

even number of nodes Node and Disk Majority means that the nodes and the witness disk each contain copies of the

cluster configuration and the cluster has quorum as long as a majority (two out of three) of these copies are available

Network infrastructure and domain account

requirements for a two-node failover cluster

Checklist

Network Checklist

Setting Notes Network settings When you use identical network adapters for

a network also use identical communication settings on those adapters (for example Speed Duplex Mode Flow Control and Media Type)

DNS The servers in the cluster must be using DNS

Page 10 of 38

Service Account Service Account Description

1 vdsSQLAgent SQL Agent Service Account

2 vdsSQLDB SQL Database Engine

3 vdsSQLvCenter vCenter Service Account

4 vdsSQLPVS Provisioning Server (PVS)

5 vdsSQLXDC XenDestkop 5 Site Database

6 vdsSQLXDCLogs XenDesktop 5 Site Change Log

7 vdsXenApp XenApp 60 Farm Database

8 vdxXenAppLogs XenApp 60 Change Log

9

for name resolution The DNS dynamic update protocol is recommended

Domain role Verify both nodes are members of the domain per the steps above

Domain controller Clustered servers should be member servers for purposes of this architecture

Cluster Administrator

This should always be the VCISS administrator or install

team administrator

A dedicated administrator is no longer

required with 2008 R2 SQL The DDVS Domain Local group should reside in the BUILTINAdministrator group of both cluster nodes Login using the pre-assigned accounts from the Active Directory documentation This is the only account required and it must reside in the Account

Operators group Create Service Accounts

-

SQL SERVICE ACCOUNTS

Required for multi-tenant and Dedicated customers

Service accounts must reside in the Service Account Domain Local Group

-

Cluter Drive Assignments ndash Best Practice

LUN Name Service LUN

Allocated to Cluster Drive Partition File

Sys

WITNESS WitnessQuorum drive

Q GPT NTFS

SQLDATA1 XenApp Farm Z GPT NTFS

SQLDATA2 XenDesktop Site X GPT NTFS

SQLLOGS SQL Logs L GPT NTFS

SOFTWARE ISO Software Citrix Tools Citrix Licensing

S GPT NTFS

APPSTREAM Application Data and Streaming Profiles

R GPT NTFS

PROFILES User Profiles P GPT NTFS

USERDATA User Data Home Folders

U GPT NTFS

Page 11 of 38

Subnet

Gateway

Reserved

Static

Range

Reserved

DHCP

Range

Reserved

Network

Devices

Purpose

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS

DRAC and

ESX

Infrastructure

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

VLAN for

Vmotion

VMs

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

Storage

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

VCISS

Customer

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Backup

Recovery

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Monitoring

-

Network SegmentsVLANs

The file services cluster require access to minimum of the following networks listed on the right hand side This table is editable for purposes of tracking this information prior to installation

This information is required to configure the BACS on the cluster NICS later in this document

NETWORK SEGMENTS

-

Next you need to configure the iSCSI

Initiator on each of the Cluster Nodes To configure the iSCSI Initiator choose Start |

Administrative Tools | iSCSI Initiator

Assuming iSCSI is started

The second prompt will ask you if you want to unblock the Microsoft iSCSI service so it can communicate across the Windows

firewall Again yoursquoll want to answer Yes

You can also control this by manually configuring the Windows firewall and unblocking port 3260 To configure the Windows firewall open the Control Panel and then select the Windows Firewall applet

Page 12 of 38

Before connecting to the SAN you may need to configure the SAN with the iSCSI Initiator name The iSCSI Initiator name can

be found on the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Configuration tab The example presented

here uses the name ldquoiqn1991-

05commicrosoftorportvsql01contosocomrdquo

The name used in your configuration will be

different depending on the system and domain names that are in use

To configure the iSCSI Initiator select the

Discovery tab and then click Discover

Portal This will display the Discover Target Portal dialog box

Using the Discover Target Portal dialog box enter the IP address used by the SAN

The default port of 3260 After entering the IP address click OK and the iSCSI Initiator will discover the storage resources that are available on the SAN All of the storage resources will be listed on

the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Targets tab At this point you can select each

of the discovered targets and then click the Connect button

ISCSI INITIATOR TARGETS

All of the connected SAN resources will be displayed in the Targets list box The Status for each of the targets should show ldquoConnectedrdquo At this point the drives can be viewed using Disk Manager exactly as if they were locally attached storage Clicking OK ends the iSCSI Initiator

Page 13 of 38

Working with iSCSI SAN storage using Disk Management to Prepare Drives

Configure Each Drive

Right click each drive select Online

Select drive volume

Select Change Drive Letter and Paths

Format drives using NTFS and GPT

Take Drives Offline

After preparing the drives be sure to bring them offline so that the Create Cluster Wizard can use them as storage To bring the drives offline

Right-click each disk icon displayed

Select Offline from the context menu

Repeat Steps on Cluster Node 2

You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover

-

REPEAT STEPS You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover Cluster installation to work

Page 14 of 38

Adding the Failover Cluster Feature with Server Manager

Run Server Manager by selecting Start

Administrative Tools

Server Manager

Click the Features node

Click Add Features at right

Add Failover Clustering

Scroll through the list of features in the Select Features window until you see Failover Clustering

To add the Failover Clustering feature select its check box and then click Next

The Confirm Installation Selections screen

The Confirm Installation Selections dialog box confirms that you have elected to install the Failover Clustering feature

To proceed with the installation click Install

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 3 of 38

Cluster Validation Wizardmdashthe OEM hardware submission requirement was eliminated with Windows Server 2008 and replaced by the new Cluster Validation Wizard

Validation Testingmdasha Windows Server 2008 failover cluster will be supported if it passes the cluster validation tests

Windows 2008 R2 ndash Failover Clustering Improvements

Configuration WizardmdashMicrosoft supports a failover cluster solution only if all the hardware components are marked as

Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 In addition the complete configuration (servers network and storage) must pass all tests in the Validate a Configuration wizard which is included in the Failover Cluster Manager snap-in

Windows PowerShell cmdlets for Failover ClustersmdashWindows PowerShell is a new command-line shell and scripting

technology that uses consistent syntax and naming patterns across the roles and features in Windows Server 2008 R2 The new cmdlets for failover clusters provide powerful ways to script cluster configuration and management tasks Windows PowerShell cmdlets will eventually replace the Clusterexe command-line interface

o If you use the Server Core installation option of Windows Server 2008 R2 for your failover cluster the Windows PowerShell cmdlets for failover clusters simplify the local management of the cluster

Read-only Permissions Optionmdashyou can assign read-only permission to a user or group who might need to see the cluster but not change the configuration of the cluster

Cluster Shared Volumesmdashwith Cluster Shared Volumes the configuration of clustered virtual machines (supported by the Hyper-V feature) is much simpler than before With Cluster Shared Volumes

o You can reduce the number of LUNs (disks) required for your virtual machines instead of having to manage one LUN per virtual machine (Previously the recommended configuration was one LUN per virtual machine because the LUN was the unit of failover) Many virtual machines can use a single LUN and can fail over without causing the other virtual machines on the same LUN to also fail over

o You can make better use of disk space because you do not need to place each Virtual Hard Disk (VHD) file on a separate disk with extra free space set aside just for that VHD file Instead the free space on a Cluster Shared Volume can be used by any VHD file on that LUN

o You can more easily track the paths to VHD files and other files used by virtual machines You can specify the path names instead of identifying disks by drive letters (limited to the number of letters in the alphabet) or identifiers called GUIDs (which are hard to use and remember) With Cluster Shared Volumes the path appears to be on the system drive of the node under the ClusterStorage folder However this path is the same when viewed from any node in the cluster

o If you use a few Cluster Shared Volumes to create a configuration that supports many clustered virtual machines you can perform validation more quickly than you could with a configuration that uses many LUNs to support many clustered virtual machines With fewer LUNs validation runs more quickly (You perform validation by running the Validate a Configuration Wizard in the snap-in for failover clusters)

o There are no special hardware requirements beyond what is already required for storage in a failover cluster (although Cluster Shared Volumes require NTFS)

o Resiliency is increased because the cluster can respond correctly even if connectivity between one node and the SAN is interrupted or part of a network is down The cluster will re-route the Cluster Shared Volumes traffic through an intact part of the SAN or network

Information You Should Know ndash Setup Improvements

Simplified Cluster Setup and Managementmdashother important improvements in Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover

Clustering are the changes to the failover cluster setup and management process The new Create Cluster Wizard makes it easier to create clusters and the new Failover Cluster Manager streamlines the management experience

Support for GUID Partition Table Disksmdashrecent advances in storage technologies have resulted in very large capacity

storage Support for GUID (Globally Unique Identifier) Partition Tables (GPT) enables Windows Server clusters to utilize partitions that are larger than 2TB In addition GPT disks provide built-in redundancy for the storage of their partition information

Page 4 of 38

Support for Multiple SubnetsmdashWindows Server 2008 Failover Clustering also now allows cluster nodes to be placed on

different subnets This is an important improvement for supporting geographically dispersed clusters in the future and plays a role in multi-tenancy today

Maximum Node Improvementsmdashtaking advantage of the enhanced clustering support found in Windows Server 2008

R2 SQL Server 2008 R2 can now be implemented on up to 16 node clusters in Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition and Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition SQL Server 2008 Standard Edition supports a maximum of two nodes In addition SQL Server 2008 supports eight-node clustering on clustering A summary of Windows Server and SQL Server 2008 failover clustering maximum node support is shown below

Setup changes for SQL Server failover clusteringmdashintroduces new installation options one option forces you to run the

Setup program on each node of the failover cluster To add a node to an existing SQL Server failover cluster you must run SQL Server Setup on the node that is to be added to the SQL Server failover cluster instance Another option creates an enterprise push to nodes from the active node

Cluster nodes residing on different subnetsmdashWith Windows 2008 cluster nodes can now reside on different network

subnets across network routers You no longer have to stretch virtual local area networks to connect geographically separated cluster nodes This opens the door to clustered disaster recovery options

Instances per clustermdashSQL Server 2008 Enterprise Edition supports up to 25 SQL Server instances per cluster (up to 50

for a nonclustered server)

More cluster-aware applicationsmdashMany of the MS SQL Server 2008 products are cluster aware such as Analysis

Services Full Text Search Integration Services Reporting Services FILESTREAM and others making these applications more highly available and resilient

Isolation of the quorum disk in MSCSmdasha shared disk partition that is not on the same physical driveLUN as the quorum drive must be available in an attempt to reduce failure dependencies

Microsoft Clustering Service(s) Recoverymdashcan monitor applications and resources automatically recognizing and

recovering from many failure conditions This capability provides great flexibility in managing the workload within a cluster and it improves the overall availability of the system

2008 R2 - Virtualization Improvements

Increased Availability for Virtual Data Centers

One of the most important aspects of any data center is providing the highest possible availability for systems and

applications Virtual data centers are no exception to the need for consolidation high availability and most of all sophisticated management tools

Hyper-V in Windows Server 2008 R2 includes the Live Migration feature which allows you to move a virtual machine between two virtualization host servers without any interruption of service The users connected to the virtual machine being moved might notice only a slight slowing in performance for a few moments Otherwise they will be unaware that the virtual machine was moved from one physical computer to another

Live Migration Support through Cluster Shared Volumes

Live Migration uses the new Cluster Shared Volumes (CSV) feature within Failover Clustering in Windows Server 2008

R2 The CSV volumes enable multiple nodes in the same failover cluster to concurrently access the same logical unit number (LUN)

While CSVs are currently employed mainly for Live Migration their benefits will extend beyond that single scenario For one theyrsquore easy to configure using simple NTFS rather than some other proprietary format That means administrators

wonrsquot have to reformat their SANs to take advantage of CSVs

It also means administrators will have an easier time showing users only a single data repository rather than a small

forest of silosmdashno more drive letter metaphors for end-users just convenient networked storage And last CSVs donrsquot require config and management tools of their own Windows Server administrators used to the tools in Windows Server

2008 can continue using those same consoles and theyrsquoll simply work with CSVs in R2 Improved Cluster Node Connectivity Fault Tolerance

o Because of the architecture of CSV there is improved cluster node connectivity fault tolerance that directly affects VMs running on the cluster The CSV architecture implements a mechanism known as dynamic IO redirection where IO can be rerouted within the failover cluster based on connection availability

Enhanced Cluster Validation Tool

Page 5 of 38

o Windows Server 2008 R2 includes a Best Practices Analyzer (BPA) for all major server roles including Failover Clustering This analyzer examines the best practices configuration settings for a cluster and cluster nodes

o Improved Migration of Cluster Workloads

Before we Begin ndash Notes Regarding MSCS

Prior to starting a new install please make sure to review this list of ldquopre-requisiterdquo information This is a list of ldquolessons learnedrdquo from previous project and dynamic in content If you feel anything is missing from this list please forward this information to

MSCS is relatively sensitive to the hardware and network equipment The equipment leveraged by Dell VCISS solution complies with Microsoft hardware compatibility guidelines list accessible at the referenced link below

In addition SQL Server failover cluster instances are not supported where the cluster nodes are also domain controllers

Shared Nothing Disk ArraysmdashMSCS supports shared nothing disk arrays in which only one node can own a

given resource at any given moment All other nodes are denied access until they own the resource This protects the data from being overwritten when two computers have access to the same drives concurrently

Quorum Resourcemdashto ensure that the cluster always has an up-to-date copy of the latest configuration

information you should deploy the quorum resource on a highly available disk configuration (using mirroring triple-mirroring or RAID 10 at the very least)

SQL Server Service Accounts and Passwordsmdashshould be kept the same on all nodes or a node will not be

able to restart a SQL Server service You can use administrator or a designated account (for example Cluster or ClusterAdmin) that has administrator rights within the domain and on each server

Drive lettersmdashfor the cluster disks must be the same on all nodes (servers) Otherwise you might not be able

to access a clustered disk

TCPIPmdashyou might have to create an alternative method to connect to SQL Server if the network name is

offline and you cannot connect using TCPIP

Named Pipesmdashyou can use named pipes

o Specified as pipe$$SQLAsqlquery

Share Memory and VIAmdashshared memory and VIA are NOT supported on failover clusters

WOW64 a feature of 64-bit editions of Windows that enables 32-bit applications to run natively in 32-bit

mode Applications function in 32-bit mode even though the underlying operating system is running on the 64-bit operating system

o WOW64 is supported only for stand-alone instances of SQL Server o WOW64 is NOT supported for SQL Server failover cluster installations

SQL Management Tools x64mdashFor SQL Server 64-bit Edition installations on 64-bit supported operating

systems Management Tools are supported in WOW64

Server CoremdashSQL Server 2008 R2 is NOT supported on Windows Server 2008 SP2 Server Core or Windows Server 2008 R2 Server Core installations

Cluster Quorum Requirements

The requirements that follow pertain to ldquoNode and File Share Majorityrdquo option This option is a primary decision

point in the VCISS Design Document Please consider the following

Page 6 of 38

Microsoft Recommendationmdashutilizes a Node and File Share Majority quorum o Node and file share majority consists of each node in the cluster plus the designated file share

witness can vote when they are in communication

o The cluster will only function when more than half of the nodes are available This mode is recommended for multisite clusters for clusters with an even number of nodes and for clusters with no shared storage

Cluster Quorum Elementsmdashcan be cluster nodes a disk witness or a file share witness A disk or file share

witness is a shared cluster disk resource or a file share that is available on the cluster that the administrator has especially designated to serve as a part of the quorum

Witness Diskmdashthe disk witness quorum is a Windows disk that resides on shared storage and contains a

copy of the cluster configuration

File Share Witnessmdashthe file share witness is a file share that resides on a networked server that is accessible

by all cluster nodes The file share quorum does not maintain a copy of the cluster configuration

Quorum Disk Sizemdashit is recommended that you configure the quorum disk size to be 500 MB this size is the

minimum required for an efficient NTFS partition Larger disk sizes are allowable but are not currently needed

Local Install Considerations

Actual hard disk space requirements depend on your system configuration and the features that you decide to install The following table provides disk space requirements for SQL Server 2008 R2 components

Feature Disk space

requirement

Database Engine and data files Replication and Full-Text Search 711 MB

Analysis Services and data files 345 MB

Reporting Services and Report Manager 304 MB

Integration Services 591 MB

Client Components (Other than Books Online and Integration Services tools) 1823 MB

SQL Server Books Online 157 MB

Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator (MS DTC)

The Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator (MS DTC) is required for most SQL Server failover cluster

installations However if you are installing only the relational database engine or just Analysis Services then MS DTC is NOT required

MS DTC is required if you are installing

The workstation components SQL Server Integration Services or if you intend to use distributed transactions

Page 7 of 38

You can install MS DTC either before or after you install SQL Server 2008 R2 on the cluster but as it is a

requirement itrsquos simpler to install it before you begin the SQL Server R2 installation

MS DTC must be installed as a separate cluster resource from SQL Server 2008 R2 It must also have its own

shared storage thatrsquos separate from the shared storage used by VCISS SQL Server R2

Page 8 of 38

Install 2008 R2 Microsoft Cluster Services

Summary

2008 R2 Failover Support

Current Offering

Server 2008 R2 ENT Edition

SQL 2008 R2 STD Edition

Note Utilizing AD DFS allows for 2-node clusters

dynamically allocated as required behind DFS root to

maintain the illusion of a single share for Citrix UPM

-

Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Service

Default set to ldquoManualrdquo Set Service to Automatic

Start Service

Note This is required for a step further down the list when

configuring the iSCSI Initiator

Note The virtual IP address is used by the iSCSI clients to connect to the SAN This insulates the iSCSI clients from needing to know any configuration information about nodes that are added Instead clients

that connect using the iSCSI Initiator are configured to use the SANrsquos virtual IP address By Default iSCSI Initiator service is set to Manual

-

Configure BACS on NICs

This assumes BACS on Dell or similar hardware utilizing a dedicated network for iSCSI traffic

CLN01

CLN02

Page 9 of 38

Volume Description Data

Allocation

C Drive SQL Binaries Temp (1) 1 GB 1gt4GB

Volume 1 Quorum Drive 1 GB

Volume 2 SQL Data SQL Logs (See Below)

Volume 2 XenApp Farm (2) 200 MB

Volume 2 XenApp AMC Logging 1 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Farm (3) 40 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Logging 5 GB

Volume 2 PVS Server Farm 1 GB

Volume 3 PVS Write Cache (4) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Data (per 500) (5) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Profiles (per 500) (6) 250 GB

Volume 4 Application Packages (7) 60 GB

-

Storage Allocation

Based on 500 user POD

Note You must use shared storage that is

compatible with Windows Server 2008 R2

For this two-node cluster the quorum

configuration will be Node and Disk

Majority

Requirement Notes

XenApp SQL Temp(1)

A temp database on a partition with at least 1 GB of free disk space and set to grow

automatically Citrix recommends 4GB if the farm is large and includes multiple print drivers XenApp Farm SQL Farm DB(2)

Disk space approximately 100MB or every

250 servers and 50 published applications in the farm Initial POD Offering includes streaming and locally hosted applications XenDesktop Farm SQL DB (3)

40 GB based on Citrix published number of

20000 desktops equating to 150 GB SQL Instance 5000 users equals 375 GB 500 users equals 9375 GB (10) PVS Write Cache (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Data (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Profiles (5)

Based on 512 MB per user Application Packages (6)

Based on 2 GB per package and assumes 30 streamed packages

Two Node Utilility Cluster (CLN01 gt CLN02)

The storage contains at least four separate volumes (LUNs) configured at the hardware level

Storage requirements include the following

To use the native disk support included in failover clustering

use basic disks not dynamic disks

We recommend that you format the partitions with NTFS (for the witness disk the partition must be NTFS)

For the partition style of the disk you can use either master

boot record (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT)

The witness disk is a disk in the cluster storage that is

designated to hold a copy of the cluster configuration

database (A witness disk is part of some not all quorum configurations)

For this two-node cluster the quorum configuration will be

Node and Disk Majority the default for a cluster with an

even number of nodes Node and Disk Majority means that the nodes and the witness disk each contain copies of the

cluster configuration and the cluster has quorum as long as a majority (two out of three) of these copies are available

Network infrastructure and domain account

requirements for a two-node failover cluster

Checklist

Network Checklist

Setting Notes Network settings When you use identical network adapters for

a network also use identical communication settings on those adapters (for example Speed Duplex Mode Flow Control and Media Type)

DNS The servers in the cluster must be using DNS

Page 10 of 38

Service Account Service Account Description

1 vdsSQLAgent SQL Agent Service Account

2 vdsSQLDB SQL Database Engine

3 vdsSQLvCenter vCenter Service Account

4 vdsSQLPVS Provisioning Server (PVS)

5 vdsSQLXDC XenDestkop 5 Site Database

6 vdsSQLXDCLogs XenDesktop 5 Site Change Log

7 vdsXenApp XenApp 60 Farm Database

8 vdxXenAppLogs XenApp 60 Change Log

9

for name resolution The DNS dynamic update protocol is recommended

Domain role Verify both nodes are members of the domain per the steps above

Domain controller Clustered servers should be member servers for purposes of this architecture

Cluster Administrator

This should always be the VCISS administrator or install

team administrator

A dedicated administrator is no longer

required with 2008 R2 SQL The DDVS Domain Local group should reside in the BUILTINAdministrator group of both cluster nodes Login using the pre-assigned accounts from the Active Directory documentation This is the only account required and it must reside in the Account

Operators group Create Service Accounts

-

SQL SERVICE ACCOUNTS

Required for multi-tenant and Dedicated customers

Service accounts must reside in the Service Account Domain Local Group

-

Cluter Drive Assignments ndash Best Practice

LUN Name Service LUN

Allocated to Cluster Drive Partition File

Sys

WITNESS WitnessQuorum drive

Q GPT NTFS

SQLDATA1 XenApp Farm Z GPT NTFS

SQLDATA2 XenDesktop Site X GPT NTFS

SQLLOGS SQL Logs L GPT NTFS

SOFTWARE ISO Software Citrix Tools Citrix Licensing

S GPT NTFS

APPSTREAM Application Data and Streaming Profiles

R GPT NTFS

PROFILES User Profiles P GPT NTFS

USERDATA User Data Home Folders

U GPT NTFS

Page 11 of 38

Subnet

Gateway

Reserved

Static

Range

Reserved

DHCP

Range

Reserved

Network

Devices

Purpose

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS

DRAC and

ESX

Infrastructure

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

VLAN for

Vmotion

VMs

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

Storage

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

VCISS

Customer

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Backup

Recovery

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Monitoring

-

Network SegmentsVLANs

The file services cluster require access to minimum of the following networks listed on the right hand side This table is editable for purposes of tracking this information prior to installation

This information is required to configure the BACS on the cluster NICS later in this document

NETWORK SEGMENTS

-

Next you need to configure the iSCSI

Initiator on each of the Cluster Nodes To configure the iSCSI Initiator choose Start |

Administrative Tools | iSCSI Initiator

Assuming iSCSI is started

The second prompt will ask you if you want to unblock the Microsoft iSCSI service so it can communicate across the Windows

firewall Again yoursquoll want to answer Yes

You can also control this by manually configuring the Windows firewall and unblocking port 3260 To configure the Windows firewall open the Control Panel and then select the Windows Firewall applet

Page 12 of 38

Before connecting to the SAN you may need to configure the SAN with the iSCSI Initiator name The iSCSI Initiator name can

be found on the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Configuration tab The example presented

here uses the name ldquoiqn1991-

05commicrosoftorportvsql01contosocomrdquo

The name used in your configuration will be

different depending on the system and domain names that are in use

To configure the iSCSI Initiator select the

Discovery tab and then click Discover

Portal This will display the Discover Target Portal dialog box

Using the Discover Target Portal dialog box enter the IP address used by the SAN

The default port of 3260 After entering the IP address click OK and the iSCSI Initiator will discover the storage resources that are available on the SAN All of the storage resources will be listed on

the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Targets tab At this point you can select each

of the discovered targets and then click the Connect button

ISCSI INITIATOR TARGETS

All of the connected SAN resources will be displayed in the Targets list box The Status for each of the targets should show ldquoConnectedrdquo At this point the drives can be viewed using Disk Manager exactly as if they were locally attached storage Clicking OK ends the iSCSI Initiator

Page 13 of 38

Working with iSCSI SAN storage using Disk Management to Prepare Drives

Configure Each Drive

Right click each drive select Online

Select drive volume

Select Change Drive Letter and Paths

Format drives using NTFS and GPT

Take Drives Offline

After preparing the drives be sure to bring them offline so that the Create Cluster Wizard can use them as storage To bring the drives offline

Right-click each disk icon displayed

Select Offline from the context menu

Repeat Steps on Cluster Node 2

You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover

-

REPEAT STEPS You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover Cluster installation to work

Page 14 of 38

Adding the Failover Cluster Feature with Server Manager

Run Server Manager by selecting Start

Administrative Tools

Server Manager

Click the Features node

Click Add Features at right

Add Failover Clustering

Scroll through the list of features in the Select Features window until you see Failover Clustering

To add the Failover Clustering feature select its check box and then click Next

The Confirm Installation Selections screen

The Confirm Installation Selections dialog box confirms that you have elected to install the Failover Clustering feature

To proceed with the installation click Install

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 4 of 38

Support for Multiple SubnetsmdashWindows Server 2008 Failover Clustering also now allows cluster nodes to be placed on

different subnets This is an important improvement for supporting geographically dispersed clusters in the future and plays a role in multi-tenancy today

Maximum Node Improvementsmdashtaking advantage of the enhanced clustering support found in Windows Server 2008

R2 SQL Server 2008 R2 can now be implemented on up to 16 node clusters in Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition and Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Edition SQL Server 2008 Standard Edition supports a maximum of two nodes In addition SQL Server 2008 supports eight-node clustering on clustering A summary of Windows Server and SQL Server 2008 failover clustering maximum node support is shown below

Setup changes for SQL Server failover clusteringmdashintroduces new installation options one option forces you to run the

Setup program on each node of the failover cluster To add a node to an existing SQL Server failover cluster you must run SQL Server Setup on the node that is to be added to the SQL Server failover cluster instance Another option creates an enterprise push to nodes from the active node

Cluster nodes residing on different subnetsmdashWith Windows 2008 cluster nodes can now reside on different network

subnets across network routers You no longer have to stretch virtual local area networks to connect geographically separated cluster nodes This opens the door to clustered disaster recovery options

Instances per clustermdashSQL Server 2008 Enterprise Edition supports up to 25 SQL Server instances per cluster (up to 50

for a nonclustered server)

More cluster-aware applicationsmdashMany of the MS SQL Server 2008 products are cluster aware such as Analysis

Services Full Text Search Integration Services Reporting Services FILESTREAM and others making these applications more highly available and resilient

Isolation of the quorum disk in MSCSmdasha shared disk partition that is not on the same physical driveLUN as the quorum drive must be available in an attempt to reduce failure dependencies

Microsoft Clustering Service(s) Recoverymdashcan monitor applications and resources automatically recognizing and

recovering from many failure conditions This capability provides great flexibility in managing the workload within a cluster and it improves the overall availability of the system

2008 R2 - Virtualization Improvements

Increased Availability for Virtual Data Centers

One of the most important aspects of any data center is providing the highest possible availability for systems and

applications Virtual data centers are no exception to the need for consolidation high availability and most of all sophisticated management tools

Hyper-V in Windows Server 2008 R2 includes the Live Migration feature which allows you to move a virtual machine between two virtualization host servers without any interruption of service The users connected to the virtual machine being moved might notice only a slight slowing in performance for a few moments Otherwise they will be unaware that the virtual machine was moved from one physical computer to another

Live Migration Support through Cluster Shared Volumes

Live Migration uses the new Cluster Shared Volumes (CSV) feature within Failover Clustering in Windows Server 2008

R2 The CSV volumes enable multiple nodes in the same failover cluster to concurrently access the same logical unit number (LUN)

While CSVs are currently employed mainly for Live Migration their benefits will extend beyond that single scenario For one theyrsquore easy to configure using simple NTFS rather than some other proprietary format That means administrators

wonrsquot have to reformat their SANs to take advantage of CSVs

It also means administrators will have an easier time showing users only a single data repository rather than a small

forest of silosmdashno more drive letter metaphors for end-users just convenient networked storage And last CSVs donrsquot require config and management tools of their own Windows Server administrators used to the tools in Windows Server

2008 can continue using those same consoles and theyrsquoll simply work with CSVs in R2 Improved Cluster Node Connectivity Fault Tolerance

o Because of the architecture of CSV there is improved cluster node connectivity fault tolerance that directly affects VMs running on the cluster The CSV architecture implements a mechanism known as dynamic IO redirection where IO can be rerouted within the failover cluster based on connection availability

Enhanced Cluster Validation Tool

Page 5 of 38

o Windows Server 2008 R2 includes a Best Practices Analyzer (BPA) for all major server roles including Failover Clustering This analyzer examines the best practices configuration settings for a cluster and cluster nodes

o Improved Migration of Cluster Workloads

Before we Begin ndash Notes Regarding MSCS

Prior to starting a new install please make sure to review this list of ldquopre-requisiterdquo information This is a list of ldquolessons learnedrdquo from previous project and dynamic in content If you feel anything is missing from this list please forward this information to

MSCS is relatively sensitive to the hardware and network equipment The equipment leveraged by Dell VCISS solution complies with Microsoft hardware compatibility guidelines list accessible at the referenced link below

In addition SQL Server failover cluster instances are not supported where the cluster nodes are also domain controllers

Shared Nothing Disk ArraysmdashMSCS supports shared nothing disk arrays in which only one node can own a

given resource at any given moment All other nodes are denied access until they own the resource This protects the data from being overwritten when two computers have access to the same drives concurrently

Quorum Resourcemdashto ensure that the cluster always has an up-to-date copy of the latest configuration

information you should deploy the quorum resource on a highly available disk configuration (using mirroring triple-mirroring or RAID 10 at the very least)

SQL Server Service Accounts and Passwordsmdashshould be kept the same on all nodes or a node will not be

able to restart a SQL Server service You can use administrator or a designated account (for example Cluster or ClusterAdmin) that has administrator rights within the domain and on each server

Drive lettersmdashfor the cluster disks must be the same on all nodes (servers) Otherwise you might not be able

to access a clustered disk

TCPIPmdashyou might have to create an alternative method to connect to SQL Server if the network name is

offline and you cannot connect using TCPIP

Named Pipesmdashyou can use named pipes

o Specified as pipe$$SQLAsqlquery

Share Memory and VIAmdashshared memory and VIA are NOT supported on failover clusters

WOW64 a feature of 64-bit editions of Windows that enables 32-bit applications to run natively in 32-bit

mode Applications function in 32-bit mode even though the underlying operating system is running on the 64-bit operating system

o WOW64 is supported only for stand-alone instances of SQL Server o WOW64 is NOT supported for SQL Server failover cluster installations

SQL Management Tools x64mdashFor SQL Server 64-bit Edition installations on 64-bit supported operating

systems Management Tools are supported in WOW64

Server CoremdashSQL Server 2008 R2 is NOT supported on Windows Server 2008 SP2 Server Core or Windows Server 2008 R2 Server Core installations

Cluster Quorum Requirements

The requirements that follow pertain to ldquoNode and File Share Majorityrdquo option This option is a primary decision

point in the VCISS Design Document Please consider the following

Page 6 of 38

Microsoft Recommendationmdashutilizes a Node and File Share Majority quorum o Node and file share majority consists of each node in the cluster plus the designated file share

witness can vote when they are in communication

o The cluster will only function when more than half of the nodes are available This mode is recommended for multisite clusters for clusters with an even number of nodes and for clusters with no shared storage

Cluster Quorum Elementsmdashcan be cluster nodes a disk witness or a file share witness A disk or file share

witness is a shared cluster disk resource or a file share that is available on the cluster that the administrator has especially designated to serve as a part of the quorum

Witness Diskmdashthe disk witness quorum is a Windows disk that resides on shared storage and contains a

copy of the cluster configuration

File Share Witnessmdashthe file share witness is a file share that resides on a networked server that is accessible

by all cluster nodes The file share quorum does not maintain a copy of the cluster configuration

Quorum Disk Sizemdashit is recommended that you configure the quorum disk size to be 500 MB this size is the

minimum required for an efficient NTFS partition Larger disk sizes are allowable but are not currently needed

Local Install Considerations

Actual hard disk space requirements depend on your system configuration and the features that you decide to install The following table provides disk space requirements for SQL Server 2008 R2 components

Feature Disk space

requirement

Database Engine and data files Replication and Full-Text Search 711 MB

Analysis Services and data files 345 MB

Reporting Services and Report Manager 304 MB

Integration Services 591 MB

Client Components (Other than Books Online and Integration Services tools) 1823 MB

SQL Server Books Online 157 MB

Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator (MS DTC)

The Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator (MS DTC) is required for most SQL Server failover cluster

installations However if you are installing only the relational database engine or just Analysis Services then MS DTC is NOT required

MS DTC is required if you are installing

The workstation components SQL Server Integration Services or if you intend to use distributed transactions

Page 7 of 38

You can install MS DTC either before or after you install SQL Server 2008 R2 on the cluster but as it is a

requirement itrsquos simpler to install it before you begin the SQL Server R2 installation

MS DTC must be installed as a separate cluster resource from SQL Server 2008 R2 It must also have its own

shared storage thatrsquos separate from the shared storage used by VCISS SQL Server R2

Page 8 of 38

Install 2008 R2 Microsoft Cluster Services

Summary

2008 R2 Failover Support

Current Offering

Server 2008 R2 ENT Edition

SQL 2008 R2 STD Edition

Note Utilizing AD DFS allows for 2-node clusters

dynamically allocated as required behind DFS root to

maintain the illusion of a single share for Citrix UPM

-

Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Service

Default set to ldquoManualrdquo Set Service to Automatic

Start Service

Note This is required for a step further down the list when

configuring the iSCSI Initiator

Note The virtual IP address is used by the iSCSI clients to connect to the SAN This insulates the iSCSI clients from needing to know any configuration information about nodes that are added Instead clients

that connect using the iSCSI Initiator are configured to use the SANrsquos virtual IP address By Default iSCSI Initiator service is set to Manual

-

Configure BACS on NICs

This assumes BACS on Dell or similar hardware utilizing a dedicated network for iSCSI traffic

CLN01

CLN02

Page 9 of 38

Volume Description Data

Allocation

C Drive SQL Binaries Temp (1) 1 GB 1gt4GB

Volume 1 Quorum Drive 1 GB

Volume 2 SQL Data SQL Logs (See Below)

Volume 2 XenApp Farm (2) 200 MB

Volume 2 XenApp AMC Logging 1 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Farm (3) 40 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Logging 5 GB

Volume 2 PVS Server Farm 1 GB

Volume 3 PVS Write Cache (4) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Data (per 500) (5) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Profiles (per 500) (6) 250 GB

Volume 4 Application Packages (7) 60 GB

-

Storage Allocation

Based on 500 user POD

Note You must use shared storage that is

compatible with Windows Server 2008 R2

For this two-node cluster the quorum

configuration will be Node and Disk

Majority

Requirement Notes

XenApp SQL Temp(1)

A temp database on a partition with at least 1 GB of free disk space and set to grow

automatically Citrix recommends 4GB if the farm is large and includes multiple print drivers XenApp Farm SQL Farm DB(2)

Disk space approximately 100MB or every

250 servers and 50 published applications in the farm Initial POD Offering includes streaming and locally hosted applications XenDesktop Farm SQL DB (3)

40 GB based on Citrix published number of

20000 desktops equating to 150 GB SQL Instance 5000 users equals 375 GB 500 users equals 9375 GB (10) PVS Write Cache (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Data (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Profiles (5)

Based on 512 MB per user Application Packages (6)

Based on 2 GB per package and assumes 30 streamed packages

Two Node Utilility Cluster (CLN01 gt CLN02)

The storage contains at least four separate volumes (LUNs) configured at the hardware level

Storage requirements include the following

To use the native disk support included in failover clustering

use basic disks not dynamic disks

We recommend that you format the partitions with NTFS (for the witness disk the partition must be NTFS)

For the partition style of the disk you can use either master

boot record (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT)

The witness disk is a disk in the cluster storage that is

designated to hold a copy of the cluster configuration

database (A witness disk is part of some not all quorum configurations)

For this two-node cluster the quorum configuration will be

Node and Disk Majority the default for a cluster with an

even number of nodes Node and Disk Majority means that the nodes and the witness disk each contain copies of the

cluster configuration and the cluster has quorum as long as a majority (two out of three) of these copies are available

Network infrastructure and domain account

requirements for a two-node failover cluster

Checklist

Network Checklist

Setting Notes Network settings When you use identical network adapters for

a network also use identical communication settings on those adapters (for example Speed Duplex Mode Flow Control and Media Type)

DNS The servers in the cluster must be using DNS

Page 10 of 38

Service Account Service Account Description

1 vdsSQLAgent SQL Agent Service Account

2 vdsSQLDB SQL Database Engine

3 vdsSQLvCenter vCenter Service Account

4 vdsSQLPVS Provisioning Server (PVS)

5 vdsSQLXDC XenDestkop 5 Site Database

6 vdsSQLXDCLogs XenDesktop 5 Site Change Log

7 vdsXenApp XenApp 60 Farm Database

8 vdxXenAppLogs XenApp 60 Change Log

9

for name resolution The DNS dynamic update protocol is recommended

Domain role Verify both nodes are members of the domain per the steps above

Domain controller Clustered servers should be member servers for purposes of this architecture

Cluster Administrator

This should always be the VCISS administrator or install

team administrator

A dedicated administrator is no longer

required with 2008 R2 SQL The DDVS Domain Local group should reside in the BUILTINAdministrator group of both cluster nodes Login using the pre-assigned accounts from the Active Directory documentation This is the only account required and it must reside in the Account

Operators group Create Service Accounts

-

SQL SERVICE ACCOUNTS

Required for multi-tenant and Dedicated customers

Service accounts must reside in the Service Account Domain Local Group

-

Cluter Drive Assignments ndash Best Practice

LUN Name Service LUN

Allocated to Cluster Drive Partition File

Sys

WITNESS WitnessQuorum drive

Q GPT NTFS

SQLDATA1 XenApp Farm Z GPT NTFS

SQLDATA2 XenDesktop Site X GPT NTFS

SQLLOGS SQL Logs L GPT NTFS

SOFTWARE ISO Software Citrix Tools Citrix Licensing

S GPT NTFS

APPSTREAM Application Data and Streaming Profiles

R GPT NTFS

PROFILES User Profiles P GPT NTFS

USERDATA User Data Home Folders

U GPT NTFS

Page 11 of 38

Subnet

Gateway

Reserved

Static

Range

Reserved

DHCP

Range

Reserved

Network

Devices

Purpose

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS

DRAC and

ESX

Infrastructure

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

VLAN for

Vmotion

VMs

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

Storage

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

VCISS

Customer

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Backup

Recovery

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Monitoring

-

Network SegmentsVLANs

The file services cluster require access to minimum of the following networks listed on the right hand side This table is editable for purposes of tracking this information prior to installation

This information is required to configure the BACS on the cluster NICS later in this document

NETWORK SEGMENTS

-

Next you need to configure the iSCSI

Initiator on each of the Cluster Nodes To configure the iSCSI Initiator choose Start |

Administrative Tools | iSCSI Initiator

Assuming iSCSI is started

The second prompt will ask you if you want to unblock the Microsoft iSCSI service so it can communicate across the Windows

firewall Again yoursquoll want to answer Yes

You can also control this by manually configuring the Windows firewall and unblocking port 3260 To configure the Windows firewall open the Control Panel and then select the Windows Firewall applet

Page 12 of 38

Before connecting to the SAN you may need to configure the SAN with the iSCSI Initiator name The iSCSI Initiator name can

be found on the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Configuration tab The example presented

here uses the name ldquoiqn1991-

05commicrosoftorportvsql01contosocomrdquo

The name used in your configuration will be

different depending on the system and domain names that are in use

To configure the iSCSI Initiator select the

Discovery tab and then click Discover

Portal This will display the Discover Target Portal dialog box

Using the Discover Target Portal dialog box enter the IP address used by the SAN

The default port of 3260 After entering the IP address click OK and the iSCSI Initiator will discover the storage resources that are available on the SAN All of the storage resources will be listed on

the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Targets tab At this point you can select each

of the discovered targets and then click the Connect button

ISCSI INITIATOR TARGETS

All of the connected SAN resources will be displayed in the Targets list box The Status for each of the targets should show ldquoConnectedrdquo At this point the drives can be viewed using Disk Manager exactly as if they were locally attached storage Clicking OK ends the iSCSI Initiator

Page 13 of 38

Working with iSCSI SAN storage using Disk Management to Prepare Drives

Configure Each Drive

Right click each drive select Online

Select drive volume

Select Change Drive Letter and Paths

Format drives using NTFS and GPT

Take Drives Offline

After preparing the drives be sure to bring them offline so that the Create Cluster Wizard can use them as storage To bring the drives offline

Right-click each disk icon displayed

Select Offline from the context menu

Repeat Steps on Cluster Node 2

You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover

-

REPEAT STEPS You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover Cluster installation to work

Page 14 of 38

Adding the Failover Cluster Feature with Server Manager

Run Server Manager by selecting Start

Administrative Tools

Server Manager

Click the Features node

Click Add Features at right

Add Failover Clustering

Scroll through the list of features in the Select Features window until you see Failover Clustering

To add the Failover Clustering feature select its check box and then click Next

The Confirm Installation Selections screen

The Confirm Installation Selections dialog box confirms that you have elected to install the Failover Clustering feature

To proceed with the installation click Install

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 5 of 38

o Windows Server 2008 R2 includes a Best Practices Analyzer (BPA) for all major server roles including Failover Clustering This analyzer examines the best practices configuration settings for a cluster and cluster nodes

o Improved Migration of Cluster Workloads

Before we Begin ndash Notes Regarding MSCS

Prior to starting a new install please make sure to review this list of ldquopre-requisiterdquo information This is a list of ldquolessons learnedrdquo from previous project and dynamic in content If you feel anything is missing from this list please forward this information to

MSCS is relatively sensitive to the hardware and network equipment The equipment leveraged by Dell VCISS solution complies with Microsoft hardware compatibility guidelines list accessible at the referenced link below

In addition SQL Server failover cluster instances are not supported where the cluster nodes are also domain controllers

Shared Nothing Disk ArraysmdashMSCS supports shared nothing disk arrays in which only one node can own a

given resource at any given moment All other nodes are denied access until they own the resource This protects the data from being overwritten when two computers have access to the same drives concurrently

Quorum Resourcemdashto ensure that the cluster always has an up-to-date copy of the latest configuration

information you should deploy the quorum resource on a highly available disk configuration (using mirroring triple-mirroring or RAID 10 at the very least)

SQL Server Service Accounts and Passwordsmdashshould be kept the same on all nodes or a node will not be

able to restart a SQL Server service You can use administrator or a designated account (for example Cluster or ClusterAdmin) that has administrator rights within the domain and on each server

Drive lettersmdashfor the cluster disks must be the same on all nodes (servers) Otherwise you might not be able

to access a clustered disk

TCPIPmdashyou might have to create an alternative method to connect to SQL Server if the network name is

offline and you cannot connect using TCPIP

Named Pipesmdashyou can use named pipes

o Specified as pipe$$SQLAsqlquery

Share Memory and VIAmdashshared memory and VIA are NOT supported on failover clusters

WOW64 a feature of 64-bit editions of Windows that enables 32-bit applications to run natively in 32-bit

mode Applications function in 32-bit mode even though the underlying operating system is running on the 64-bit operating system

o WOW64 is supported only for stand-alone instances of SQL Server o WOW64 is NOT supported for SQL Server failover cluster installations

SQL Management Tools x64mdashFor SQL Server 64-bit Edition installations on 64-bit supported operating

systems Management Tools are supported in WOW64

Server CoremdashSQL Server 2008 R2 is NOT supported on Windows Server 2008 SP2 Server Core or Windows Server 2008 R2 Server Core installations

Cluster Quorum Requirements

The requirements that follow pertain to ldquoNode and File Share Majorityrdquo option This option is a primary decision

point in the VCISS Design Document Please consider the following

Page 6 of 38

Microsoft Recommendationmdashutilizes a Node and File Share Majority quorum o Node and file share majority consists of each node in the cluster plus the designated file share

witness can vote when they are in communication

o The cluster will only function when more than half of the nodes are available This mode is recommended for multisite clusters for clusters with an even number of nodes and for clusters with no shared storage

Cluster Quorum Elementsmdashcan be cluster nodes a disk witness or a file share witness A disk or file share

witness is a shared cluster disk resource or a file share that is available on the cluster that the administrator has especially designated to serve as a part of the quorum

Witness Diskmdashthe disk witness quorum is a Windows disk that resides on shared storage and contains a

copy of the cluster configuration

File Share Witnessmdashthe file share witness is a file share that resides on a networked server that is accessible

by all cluster nodes The file share quorum does not maintain a copy of the cluster configuration

Quorum Disk Sizemdashit is recommended that you configure the quorum disk size to be 500 MB this size is the

minimum required for an efficient NTFS partition Larger disk sizes are allowable but are not currently needed

Local Install Considerations

Actual hard disk space requirements depend on your system configuration and the features that you decide to install The following table provides disk space requirements for SQL Server 2008 R2 components

Feature Disk space

requirement

Database Engine and data files Replication and Full-Text Search 711 MB

Analysis Services and data files 345 MB

Reporting Services and Report Manager 304 MB

Integration Services 591 MB

Client Components (Other than Books Online and Integration Services tools) 1823 MB

SQL Server Books Online 157 MB

Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator (MS DTC)

The Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator (MS DTC) is required for most SQL Server failover cluster

installations However if you are installing only the relational database engine or just Analysis Services then MS DTC is NOT required

MS DTC is required if you are installing

The workstation components SQL Server Integration Services or if you intend to use distributed transactions

Page 7 of 38

You can install MS DTC either before or after you install SQL Server 2008 R2 on the cluster but as it is a

requirement itrsquos simpler to install it before you begin the SQL Server R2 installation

MS DTC must be installed as a separate cluster resource from SQL Server 2008 R2 It must also have its own

shared storage thatrsquos separate from the shared storage used by VCISS SQL Server R2

Page 8 of 38

Install 2008 R2 Microsoft Cluster Services

Summary

2008 R2 Failover Support

Current Offering

Server 2008 R2 ENT Edition

SQL 2008 R2 STD Edition

Note Utilizing AD DFS allows for 2-node clusters

dynamically allocated as required behind DFS root to

maintain the illusion of a single share for Citrix UPM

-

Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Service

Default set to ldquoManualrdquo Set Service to Automatic

Start Service

Note This is required for a step further down the list when

configuring the iSCSI Initiator

Note The virtual IP address is used by the iSCSI clients to connect to the SAN This insulates the iSCSI clients from needing to know any configuration information about nodes that are added Instead clients

that connect using the iSCSI Initiator are configured to use the SANrsquos virtual IP address By Default iSCSI Initiator service is set to Manual

-

Configure BACS on NICs

This assumes BACS on Dell or similar hardware utilizing a dedicated network for iSCSI traffic

CLN01

CLN02

Page 9 of 38

Volume Description Data

Allocation

C Drive SQL Binaries Temp (1) 1 GB 1gt4GB

Volume 1 Quorum Drive 1 GB

Volume 2 SQL Data SQL Logs (See Below)

Volume 2 XenApp Farm (2) 200 MB

Volume 2 XenApp AMC Logging 1 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Farm (3) 40 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Logging 5 GB

Volume 2 PVS Server Farm 1 GB

Volume 3 PVS Write Cache (4) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Data (per 500) (5) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Profiles (per 500) (6) 250 GB

Volume 4 Application Packages (7) 60 GB

-

Storage Allocation

Based on 500 user POD

Note You must use shared storage that is

compatible with Windows Server 2008 R2

For this two-node cluster the quorum

configuration will be Node and Disk

Majority

Requirement Notes

XenApp SQL Temp(1)

A temp database on a partition with at least 1 GB of free disk space and set to grow

automatically Citrix recommends 4GB if the farm is large and includes multiple print drivers XenApp Farm SQL Farm DB(2)

Disk space approximately 100MB or every

250 servers and 50 published applications in the farm Initial POD Offering includes streaming and locally hosted applications XenDesktop Farm SQL DB (3)

40 GB based on Citrix published number of

20000 desktops equating to 150 GB SQL Instance 5000 users equals 375 GB 500 users equals 9375 GB (10) PVS Write Cache (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Data (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Profiles (5)

Based on 512 MB per user Application Packages (6)

Based on 2 GB per package and assumes 30 streamed packages

Two Node Utilility Cluster (CLN01 gt CLN02)

The storage contains at least four separate volumes (LUNs) configured at the hardware level

Storage requirements include the following

To use the native disk support included in failover clustering

use basic disks not dynamic disks

We recommend that you format the partitions with NTFS (for the witness disk the partition must be NTFS)

For the partition style of the disk you can use either master

boot record (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT)

The witness disk is a disk in the cluster storage that is

designated to hold a copy of the cluster configuration

database (A witness disk is part of some not all quorum configurations)

For this two-node cluster the quorum configuration will be

Node and Disk Majority the default for a cluster with an

even number of nodes Node and Disk Majority means that the nodes and the witness disk each contain copies of the

cluster configuration and the cluster has quorum as long as a majority (two out of three) of these copies are available

Network infrastructure and domain account

requirements for a two-node failover cluster

Checklist

Network Checklist

Setting Notes Network settings When you use identical network adapters for

a network also use identical communication settings on those adapters (for example Speed Duplex Mode Flow Control and Media Type)

DNS The servers in the cluster must be using DNS

Page 10 of 38

Service Account Service Account Description

1 vdsSQLAgent SQL Agent Service Account

2 vdsSQLDB SQL Database Engine

3 vdsSQLvCenter vCenter Service Account

4 vdsSQLPVS Provisioning Server (PVS)

5 vdsSQLXDC XenDestkop 5 Site Database

6 vdsSQLXDCLogs XenDesktop 5 Site Change Log

7 vdsXenApp XenApp 60 Farm Database

8 vdxXenAppLogs XenApp 60 Change Log

9

for name resolution The DNS dynamic update protocol is recommended

Domain role Verify both nodes are members of the domain per the steps above

Domain controller Clustered servers should be member servers for purposes of this architecture

Cluster Administrator

This should always be the VCISS administrator or install

team administrator

A dedicated administrator is no longer

required with 2008 R2 SQL The DDVS Domain Local group should reside in the BUILTINAdministrator group of both cluster nodes Login using the pre-assigned accounts from the Active Directory documentation This is the only account required and it must reside in the Account

Operators group Create Service Accounts

-

SQL SERVICE ACCOUNTS

Required for multi-tenant and Dedicated customers

Service accounts must reside in the Service Account Domain Local Group

-

Cluter Drive Assignments ndash Best Practice

LUN Name Service LUN

Allocated to Cluster Drive Partition File

Sys

WITNESS WitnessQuorum drive

Q GPT NTFS

SQLDATA1 XenApp Farm Z GPT NTFS

SQLDATA2 XenDesktop Site X GPT NTFS

SQLLOGS SQL Logs L GPT NTFS

SOFTWARE ISO Software Citrix Tools Citrix Licensing

S GPT NTFS

APPSTREAM Application Data and Streaming Profiles

R GPT NTFS

PROFILES User Profiles P GPT NTFS

USERDATA User Data Home Folders

U GPT NTFS

Page 11 of 38

Subnet

Gateway

Reserved

Static

Range

Reserved

DHCP

Range

Reserved

Network

Devices

Purpose

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS

DRAC and

ESX

Infrastructure

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

VLAN for

Vmotion

VMs

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

Storage

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

VCISS

Customer

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Backup

Recovery

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Monitoring

-

Network SegmentsVLANs

The file services cluster require access to minimum of the following networks listed on the right hand side This table is editable for purposes of tracking this information prior to installation

This information is required to configure the BACS on the cluster NICS later in this document

NETWORK SEGMENTS

-

Next you need to configure the iSCSI

Initiator on each of the Cluster Nodes To configure the iSCSI Initiator choose Start |

Administrative Tools | iSCSI Initiator

Assuming iSCSI is started

The second prompt will ask you if you want to unblock the Microsoft iSCSI service so it can communicate across the Windows

firewall Again yoursquoll want to answer Yes

You can also control this by manually configuring the Windows firewall and unblocking port 3260 To configure the Windows firewall open the Control Panel and then select the Windows Firewall applet

Page 12 of 38

Before connecting to the SAN you may need to configure the SAN with the iSCSI Initiator name The iSCSI Initiator name can

be found on the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Configuration tab The example presented

here uses the name ldquoiqn1991-

05commicrosoftorportvsql01contosocomrdquo

The name used in your configuration will be

different depending on the system and domain names that are in use

To configure the iSCSI Initiator select the

Discovery tab and then click Discover

Portal This will display the Discover Target Portal dialog box

Using the Discover Target Portal dialog box enter the IP address used by the SAN

The default port of 3260 After entering the IP address click OK and the iSCSI Initiator will discover the storage resources that are available on the SAN All of the storage resources will be listed on

the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Targets tab At this point you can select each

of the discovered targets and then click the Connect button

ISCSI INITIATOR TARGETS

All of the connected SAN resources will be displayed in the Targets list box The Status for each of the targets should show ldquoConnectedrdquo At this point the drives can be viewed using Disk Manager exactly as if they were locally attached storage Clicking OK ends the iSCSI Initiator

Page 13 of 38

Working with iSCSI SAN storage using Disk Management to Prepare Drives

Configure Each Drive

Right click each drive select Online

Select drive volume

Select Change Drive Letter and Paths

Format drives using NTFS and GPT

Take Drives Offline

After preparing the drives be sure to bring them offline so that the Create Cluster Wizard can use them as storage To bring the drives offline

Right-click each disk icon displayed

Select Offline from the context menu

Repeat Steps on Cluster Node 2

You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover

-

REPEAT STEPS You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover Cluster installation to work

Page 14 of 38

Adding the Failover Cluster Feature with Server Manager

Run Server Manager by selecting Start

Administrative Tools

Server Manager

Click the Features node

Click Add Features at right

Add Failover Clustering

Scroll through the list of features in the Select Features window until you see Failover Clustering

To add the Failover Clustering feature select its check box and then click Next

The Confirm Installation Selections screen

The Confirm Installation Selections dialog box confirms that you have elected to install the Failover Clustering feature

To proceed with the installation click Install

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 6 of 38

Microsoft Recommendationmdashutilizes a Node and File Share Majority quorum o Node and file share majority consists of each node in the cluster plus the designated file share

witness can vote when they are in communication

o The cluster will only function when more than half of the nodes are available This mode is recommended for multisite clusters for clusters with an even number of nodes and for clusters with no shared storage

Cluster Quorum Elementsmdashcan be cluster nodes a disk witness or a file share witness A disk or file share

witness is a shared cluster disk resource or a file share that is available on the cluster that the administrator has especially designated to serve as a part of the quorum

Witness Diskmdashthe disk witness quorum is a Windows disk that resides on shared storage and contains a

copy of the cluster configuration

File Share Witnessmdashthe file share witness is a file share that resides on a networked server that is accessible

by all cluster nodes The file share quorum does not maintain a copy of the cluster configuration

Quorum Disk Sizemdashit is recommended that you configure the quorum disk size to be 500 MB this size is the

minimum required for an efficient NTFS partition Larger disk sizes are allowable but are not currently needed

Local Install Considerations

Actual hard disk space requirements depend on your system configuration and the features that you decide to install The following table provides disk space requirements for SQL Server 2008 R2 components

Feature Disk space

requirement

Database Engine and data files Replication and Full-Text Search 711 MB

Analysis Services and data files 345 MB

Reporting Services and Report Manager 304 MB

Integration Services 591 MB

Client Components (Other than Books Online and Integration Services tools) 1823 MB

SQL Server Books Online 157 MB

Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator (MS DTC)

The Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator (MS DTC) is required for most SQL Server failover cluster

installations However if you are installing only the relational database engine or just Analysis Services then MS DTC is NOT required

MS DTC is required if you are installing

The workstation components SQL Server Integration Services or if you intend to use distributed transactions

Page 7 of 38

You can install MS DTC either before or after you install SQL Server 2008 R2 on the cluster but as it is a

requirement itrsquos simpler to install it before you begin the SQL Server R2 installation

MS DTC must be installed as a separate cluster resource from SQL Server 2008 R2 It must also have its own

shared storage thatrsquos separate from the shared storage used by VCISS SQL Server R2

Page 8 of 38

Install 2008 R2 Microsoft Cluster Services

Summary

2008 R2 Failover Support

Current Offering

Server 2008 R2 ENT Edition

SQL 2008 R2 STD Edition

Note Utilizing AD DFS allows for 2-node clusters

dynamically allocated as required behind DFS root to

maintain the illusion of a single share for Citrix UPM

-

Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Service

Default set to ldquoManualrdquo Set Service to Automatic

Start Service

Note This is required for a step further down the list when

configuring the iSCSI Initiator

Note The virtual IP address is used by the iSCSI clients to connect to the SAN This insulates the iSCSI clients from needing to know any configuration information about nodes that are added Instead clients

that connect using the iSCSI Initiator are configured to use the SANrsquos virtual IP address By Default iSCSI Initiator service is set to Manual

-

Configure BACS on NICs

This assumes BACS on Dell or similar hardware utilizing a dedicated network for iSCSI traffic

CLN01

CLN02

Page 9 of 38

Volume Description Data

Allocation

C Drive SQL Binaries Temp (1) 1 GB 1gt4GB

Volume 1 Quorum Drive 1 GB

Volume 2 SQL Data SQL Logs (See Below)

Volume 2 XenApp Farm (2) 200 MB

Volume 2 XenApp AMC Logging 1 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Farm (3) 40 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Logging 5 GB

Volume 2 PVS Server Farm 1 GB

Volume 3 PVS Write Cache (4) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Data (per 500) (5) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Profiles (per 500) (6) 250 GB

Volume 4 Application Packages (7) 60 GB

-

Storage Allocation

Based on 500 user POD

Note You must use shared storage that is

compatible with Windows Server 2008 R2

For this two-node cluster the quorum

configuration will be Node and Disk

Majority

Requirement Notes

XenApp SQL Temp(1)

A temp database on a partition with at least 1 GB of free disk space and set to grow

automatically Citrix recommends 4GB if the farm is large and includes multiple print drivers XenApp Farm SQL Farm DB(2)

Disk space approximately 100MB or every

250 servers and 50 published applications in the farm Initial POD Offering includes streaming and locally hosted applications XenDesktop Farm SQL DB (3)

40 GB based on Citrix published number of

20000 desktops equating to 150 GB SQL Instance 5000 users equals 375 GB 500 users equals 9375 GB (10) PVS Write Cache (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Data (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Profiles (5)

Based on 512 MB per user Application Packages (6)

Based on 2 GB per package and assumes 30 streamed packages

Two Node Utilility Cluster (CLN01 gt CLN02)

The storage contains at least four separate volumes (LUNs) configured at the hardware level

Storage requirements include the following

To use the native disk support included in failover clustering

use basic disks not dynamic disks

We recommend that you format the partitions with NTFS (for the witness disk the partition must be NTFS)

For the partition style of the disk you can use either master

boot record (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT)

The witness disk is a disk in the cluster storage that is

designated to hold a copy of the cluster configuration

database (A witness disk is part of some not all quorum configurations)

For this two-node cluster the quorum configuration will be

Node and Disk Majority the default for a cluster with an

even number of nodes Node and Disk Majority means that the nodes and the witness disk each contain copies of the

cluster configuration and the cluster has quorum as long as a majority (two out of three) of these copies are available

Network infrastructure and domain account

requirements for a two-node failover cluster

Checklist

Network Checklist

Setting Notes Network settings When you use identical network adapters for

a network also use identical communication settings on those adapters (for example Speed Duplex Mode Flow Control and Media Type)

DNS The servers in the cluster must be using DNS

Page 10 of 38

Service Account Service Account Description

1 vdsSQLAgent SQL Agent Service Account

2 vdsSQLDB SQL Database Engine

3 vdsSQLvCenter vCenter Service Account

4 vdsSQLPVS Provisioning Server (PVS)

5 vdsSQLXDC XenDestkop 5 Site Database

6 vdsSQLXDCLogs XenDesktop 5 Site Change Log

7 vdsXenApp XenApp 60 Farm Database

8 vdxXenAppLogs XenApp 60 Change Log

9

for name resolution The DNS dynamic update protocol is recommended

Domain role Verify both nodes are members of the domain per the steps above

Domain controller Clustered servers should be member servers for purposes of this architecture

Cluster Administrator

This should always be the VCISS administrator or install

team administrator

A dedicated administrator is no longer

required with 2008 R2 SQL The DDVS Domain Local group should reside in the BUILTINAdministrator group of both cluster nodes Login using the pre-assigned accounts from the Active Directory documentation This is the only account required and it must reside in the Account

Operators group Create Service Accounts

-

SQL SERVICE ACCOUNTS

Required for multi-tenant and Dedicated customers

Service accounts must reside in the Service Account Domain Local Group

-

Cluter Drive Assignments ndash Best Practice

LUN Name Service LUN

Allocated to Cluster Drive Partition File

Sys

WITNESS WitnessQuorum drive

Q GPT NTFS

SQLDATA1 XenApp Farm Z GPT NTFS

SQLDATA2 XenDesktop Site X GPT NTFS

SQLLOGS SQL Logs L GPT NTFS

SOFTWARE ISO Software Citrix Tools Citrix Licensing

S GPT NTFS

APPSTREAM Application Data and Streaming Profiles

R GPT NTFS

PROFILES User Profiles P GPT NTFS

USERDATA User Data Home Folders

U GPT NTFS

Page 11 of 38

Subnet

Gateway

Reserved

Static

Range

Reserved

DHCP

Range

Reserved

Network

Devices

Purpose

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS

DRAC and

ESX

Infrastructure

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

VLAN for

Vmotion

VMs

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

Storage

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

VCISS

Customer

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Backup

Recovery

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Monitoring

-

Network SegmentsVLANs

The file services cluster require access to minimum of the following networks listed on the right hand side This table is editable for purposes of tracking this information prior to installation

This information is required to configure the BACS on the cluster NICS later in this document

NETWORK SEGMENTS

-

Next you need to configure the iSCSI

Initiator on each of the Cluster Nodes To configure the iSCSI Initiator choose Start |

Administrative Tools | iSCSI Initiator

Assuming iSCSI is started

The second prompt will ask you if you want to unblock the Microsoft iSCSI service so it can communicate across the Windows

firewall Again yoursquoll want to answer Yes

You can also control this by manually configuring the Windows firewall and unblocking port 3260 To configure the Windows firewall open the Control Panel and then select the Windows Firewall applet

Page 12 of 38

Before connecting to the SAN you may need to configure the SAN with the iSCSI Initiator name The iSCSI Initiator name can

be found on the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Configuration tab The example presented

here uses the name ldquoiqn1991-

05commicrosoftorportvsql01contosocomrdquo

The name used in your configuration will be

different depending on the system and domain names that are in use

To configure the iSCSI Initiator select the

Discovery tab and then click Discover

Portal This will display the Discover Target Portal dialog box

Using the Discover Target Portal dialog box enter the IP address used by the SAN

The default port of 3260 After entering the IP address click OK and the iSCSI Initiator will discover the storage resources that are available on the SAN All of the storage resources will be listed on

the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Targets tab At this point you can select each

of the discovered targets and then click the Connect button

ISCSI INITIATOR TARGETS

All of the connected SAN resources will be displayed in the Targets list box The Status for each of the targets should show ldquoConnectedrdquo At this point the drives can be viewed using Disk Manager exactly as if they were locally attached storage Clicking OK ends the iSCSI Initiator

Page 13 of 38

Working with iSCSI SAN storage using Disk Management to Prepare Drives

Configure Each Drive

Right click each drive select Online

Select drive volume

Select Change Drive Letter and Paths

Format drives using NTFS and GPT

Take Drives Offline

After preparing the drives be sure to bring them offline so that the Create Cluster Wizard can use them as storage To bring the drives offline

Right-click each disk icon displayed

Select Offline from the context menu

Repeat Steps on Cluster Node 2

You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover

-

REPEAT STEPS You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover Cluster installation to work

Page 14 of 38

Adding the Failover Cluster Feature with Server Manager

Run Server Manager by selecting Start

Administrative Tools

Server Manager

Click the Features node

Click Add Features at right

Add Failover Clustering

Scroll through the list of features in the Select Features window until you see Failover Clustering

To add the Failover Clustering feature select its check box and then click Next

The Confirm Installation Selections screen

The Confirm Installation Selections dialog box confirms that you have elected to install the Failover Clustering feature

To proceed with the installation click Install

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 7 of 38

You can install MS DTC either before or after you install SQL Server 2008 R2 on the cluster but as it is a

requirement itrsquos simpler to install it before you begin the SQL Server R2 installation

MS DTC must be installed as a separate cluster resource from SQL Server 2008 R2 It must also have its own

shared storage thatrsquos separate from the shared storage used by VCISS SQL Server R2

Page 8 of 38

Install 2008 R2 Microsoft Cluster Services

Summary

2008 R2 Failover Support

Current Offering

Server 2008 R2 ENT Edition

SQL 2008 R2 STD Edition

Note Utilizing AD DFS allows for 2-node clusters

dynamically allocated as required behind DFS root to

maintain the illusion of a single share for Citrix UPM

-

Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Service

Default set to ldquoManualrdquo Set Service to Automatic

Start Service

Note This is required for a step further down the list when

configuring the iSCSI Initiator

Note The virtual IP address is used by the iSCSI clients to connect to the SAN This insulates the iSCSI clients from needing to know any configuration information about nodes that are added Instead clients

that connect using the iSCSI Initiator are configured to use the SANrsquos virtual IP address By Default iSCSI Initiator service is set to Manual

-

Configure BACS on NICs

This assumes BACS on Dell or similar hardware utilizing a dedicated network for iSCSI traffic

CLN01

CLN02

Page 9 of 38

Volume Description Data

Allocation

C Drive SQL Binaries Temp (1) 1 GB 1gt4GB

Volume 1 Quorum Drive 1 GB

Volume 2 SQL Data SQL Logs (See Below)

Volume 2 XenApp Farm (2) 200 MB

Volume 2 XenApp AMC Logging 1 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Farm (3) 40 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Logging 5 GB

Volume 2 PVS Server Farm 1 GB

Volume 3 PVS Write Cache (4) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Data (per 500) (5) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Profiles (per 500) (6) 250 GB

Volume 4 Application Packages (7) 60 GB

-

Storage Allocation

Based on 500 user POD

Note You must use shared storage that is

compatible with Windows Server 2008 R2

For this two-node cluster the quorum

configuration will be Node and Disk

Majority

Requirement Notes

XenApp SQL Temp(1)

A temp database on a partition with at least 1 GB of free disk space and set to grow

automatically Citrix recommends 4GB if the farm is large and includes multiple print drivers XenApp Farm SQL Farm DB(2)

Disk space approximately 100MB or every

250 servers and 50 published applications in the farm Initial POD Offering includes streaming and locally hosted applications XenDesktop Farm SQL DB (3)

40 GB based on Citrix published number of

20000 desktops equating to 150 GB SQL Instance 5000 users equals 375 GB 500 users equals 9375 GB (10) PVS Write Cache (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Data (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Profiles (5)

Based on 512 MB per user Application Packages (6)

Based on 2 GB per package and assumes 30 streamed packages

Two Node Utilility Cluster (CLN01 gt CLN02)

The storage contains at least four separate volumes (LUNs) configured at the hardware level

Storage requirements include the following

To use the native disk support included in failover clustering

use basic disks not dynamic disks

We recommend that you format the partitions with NTFS (for the witness disk the partition must be NTFS)

For the partition style of the disk you can use either master

boot record (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT)

The witness disk is a disk in the cluster storage that is

designated to hold a copy of the cluster configuration

database (A witness disk is part of some not all quorum configurations)

For this two-node cluster the quorum configuration will be

Node and Disk Majority the default for a cluster with an

even number of nodes Node and Disk Majority means that the nodes and the witness disk each contain copies of the

cluster configuration and the cluster has quorum as long as a majority (two out of three) of these copies are available

Network infrastructure and domain account

requirements for a two-node failover cluster

Checklist

Network Checklist

Setting Notes Network settings When you use identical network adapters for

a network also use identical communication settings on those adapters (for example Speed Duplex Mode Flow Control and Media Type)

DNS The servers in the cluster must be using DNS

Page 10 of 38

Service Account Service Account Description

1 vdsSQLAgent SQL Agent Service Account

2 vdsSQLDB SQL Database Engine

3 vdsSQLvCenter vCenter Service Account

4 vdsSQLPVS Provisioning Server (PVS)

5 vdsSQLXDC XenDestkop 5 Site Database

6 vdsSQLXDCLogs XenDesktop 5 Site Change Log

7 vdsXenApp XenApp 60 Farm Database

8 vdxXenAppLogs XenApp 60 Change Log

9

for name resolution The DNS dynamic update protocol is recommended

Domain role Verify both nodes are members of the domain per the steps above

Domain controller Clustered servers should be member servers for purposes of this architecture

Cluster Administrator

This should always be the VCISS administrator or install

team administrator

A dedicated administrator is no longer

required with 2008 R2 SQL The DDVS Domain Local group should reside in the BUILTINAdministrator group of both cluster nodes Login using the pre-assigned accounts from the Active Directory documentation This is the only account required and it must reside in the Account

Operators group Create Service Accounts

-

SQL SERVICE ACCOUNTS

Required for multi-tenant and Dedicated customers

Service accounts must reside in the Service Account Domain Local Group

-

Cluter Drive Assignments ndash Best Practice

LUN Name Service LUN

Allocated to Cluster Drive Partition File

Sys

WITNESS WitnessQuorum drive

Q GPT NTFS

SQLDATA1 XenApp Farm Z GPT NTFS

SQLDATA2 XenDesktop Site X GPT NTFS

SQLLOGS SQL Logs L GPT NTFS

SOFTWARE ISO Software Citrix Tools Citrix Licensing

S GPT NTFS

APPSTREAM Application Data and Streaming Profiles

R GPT NTFS

PROFILES User Profiles P GPT NTFS

USERDATA User Data Home Folders

U GPT NTFS

Page 11 of 38

Subnet

Gateway

Reserved

Static

Range

Reserved

DHCP

Range

Reserved

Network

Devices

Purpose

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS

DRAC and

ESX

Infrastructure

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

VLAN for

Vmotion

VMs

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

Storage

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

VCISS

Customer

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Backup

Recovery

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Monitoring

-

Network SegmentsVLANs

The file services cluster require access to minimum of the following networks listed on the right hand side This table is editable for purposes of tracking this information prior to installation

This information is required to configure the BACS on the cluster NICS later in this document

NETWORK SEGMENTS

-

Next you need to configure the iSCSI

Initiator on each of the Cluster Nodes To configure the iSCSI Initiator choose Start |

Administrative Tools | iSCSI Initiator

Assuming iSCSI is started

The second prompt will ask you if you want to unblock the Microsoft iSCSI service so it can communicate across the Windows

firewall Again yoursquoll want to answer Yes

You can also control this by manually configuring the Windows firewall and unblocking port 3260 To configure the Windows firewall open the Control Panel and then select the Windows Firewall applet

Page 12 of 38

Before connecting to the SAN you may need to configure the SAN with the iSCSI Initiator name The iSCSI Initiator name can

be found on the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Configuration tab The example presented

here uses the name ldquoiqn1991-

05commicrosoftorportvsql01contosocomrdquo

The name used in your configuration will be

different depending on the system and domain names that are in use

To configure the iSCSI Initiator select the

Discovery tab and then click Discover

Portal This will display the Discover Target Portal dialog box

Using the Discover Target Portal dialog box enter the IP address used by the SAN

The default port of 3260 After entering the IP address click OK and the iSCSI Initiator will discover the storage resources that are available on the SAN All of the storage resources will be listed on

the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Targets tab At this point you can select each

of the discovered targets and then click the Connect button

ISCSI INITIATOR TARGETS

All of the connected SAN resources will be displayed in the Targets list box The Status for each of the targets should show ldquoConnectedrdquo At this point the drives can be viewed using Disk Manager exactly as if they were locally attached storage Clicking OK ends the iSCSI Initiator

Page 13 of 38

Working with iSCSI SAN storage using Disk Management to Prepare Drives

Configure Each Drive

Right click each drive select Online

Select drive volume

Select Change Drive Letter and Paths

Format drives using NTFS and GPT

Take Drives Offline

After preparing the drives be sure to bring them offline so that the Create Cluster Wizard can use them as storage To bring the drives offline

Right-click each disk icon displayed

Select Offline from the context menu

Repeat Steps on Cluster Node 2

You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover

-

REPEAT STEPS You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover Cluster installation to work

Page 14 of 38

Adding the Failover Cluster Feature with Server Manager

Run Server Manager by selecting Start

Administrative Tools

Server Manager

Click the Features node

Click Add Features at right

Add Failover Clustering

Scroll through the list of features in the Select Features window until you see Failover Clustering

To add the Failover Clustering feature select its check box and then click Next

The Confirm Installation Selections screen

The Confirm Installation Selections dialog box confirms that you have elected to install the Failover Clustering feature

To proceed with the installation click Install

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 8 of 38

Install 2008 R2 Microsoft Cluster Services

Summary

2008 R2 Failover Support

Current Offering

Server 2008 R2 ENT Edition

SQL 2008 R2 STD Edition

Note Utilizing AD DFS allows for 2-node clusters

dynamically allocated as required behind DFS root to

maintain the illusion of a single share for Citrix UPM

-

Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Service

Default set to ldquoManualrdquo Set Service to Automatic

Start Service

Note This is required for a step further down the list when

configuring the iSCSI Initiator

Note The virtual IP address is used by the iSCSI clients to connect to the SAN This insulates the iSCSI clients from needing to know any configuration information about nodes that are added Instead clients

that connect using the iSCSI Initiator are configured to use the SANrsquos virtual IP address By Default iSCSI Initiator service is set to Manual

-

Configure BACS on NICs

This assumes BACS on Dell or similar hardware utilizing a dedicated network for iSCSI traffic

CLN01

CLN02

Page 9 of 38

Volume Description Data

Allocation

C Drive SQL Binaries Temp (1) 1 GB 1gt4GB

Volume 1 Quorum Drive 1 GB

Volume 2 SQL Data SQL Logs (See Below)

Volume 2 XenApp Farm (2) 200 MB

Volume 2 XenApp AMC Logging 1 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Farm (3) 40 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Logging 5 GB

Volume 2 PVS Server Farm 1 GB

Volume 3 PVS Write Cache (4) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Data (per 500) (5) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Profiles (per 500) (6) 250 GB

Volume 4 Application Packages (7) 60 GB

-

Storage Allocation

Based on 500 user POD

Note You must use shared storage that is

compatible with Windows Server 2008 R2

For this two-node cluster the quorum

configuration will be Node and Disk

Majority

Requirement Notes

XenApp SQL Temp(1)

A temp database on a partition with at least 1 GB of free disk space and set to grow

automatically Citrix recommends 4GB if the farm is large and includes multiple print drivers XenApp Farm SQL Farm DB(2)

Disk space approximately 100MB or every

250 servers and 50 published applications in the farm Initial POD Offering includes streaming and locally hosted applications XenDesktop Farm SQL DB (3)

40 GB based on Citrix published number of

20000 desktops equating to 150 GB SQL Instance 5000 users equals 375 GB 500 users equals 9375 GB (10) PVS Write Cache (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Data (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Profiles (5)

Based on 512 MB per user Application Packages (6)

Based on 2 GB per package and assumes 30 streamed packages

Two Node Utilility Cluster (CLN01 gt CLN02)

The storage contains at least four separate volumes (LUNs) configured at the hardware level

Storage requirements include the following

To use the native disk support included in failover clustering

use basic disks not dynamic disks

We recommend that you format the partitions with NTFS (for the witness disk the partition must be NTFS)

For the partition style of the disk you can use either master

boot record (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT)

The witness disk is a disk in the cluster storage that is

designated to hold a copy of the cluster configuration

database (A witness disk is part of some not all quorum configurations)

For this two-node cluster the quorum configuration will be

Node and Disk Majority the default for a cluster with an

even number of nodes Node and Disk Majority means that the nodes and the witness disk each contain copies of the

cluster configuration and the cluster has quorum as long as a majority (two out of three) of these copies are available

Network infrastructure and domain account

requirements for a two-node failover cluster

Checklist

Network Checklist

Setting Notes Network settings When you use identical network adapters for

a network also use identical communication settings on those adapters (for example Speed Duplex Mode Flow Control and Media Type)

DNS The servers in the cluster must be using DNS

Page 10 of 38

Service Account Service Account Description

1 vdsSQLAgent SQL Agent Service Account

2 vdsSQLDB SQL Database Engine

3 vdsSQLvCenter vCenter Service Account

4 vdsSQLPVS Provisioning Server (PVS)

5 vdsSQLXDC XenDestkop 5 Site Database

6 vdsSQLXDCLogs XenDesktop 5 Site Change Log

7 vdsXenApp XenApp 60 Farm Database

8 vdxXenAppLogs XenApp 60 Change Log

9

for name resolution The DNS dynamic update protocol is recommended

Domain role Verify both nodes are members of the domain per the steps above

Domain controller Clustered servers should be member servers for purposes of this architecture

Cluster Administrator

This should always be the VCISS administrator or install

team administrator

A dedicated administrator is no longer

required with 2008 R2 SQL The DDVS Domain Local group should reside in the BUILTINAdministrator group of both cluster nodes Login using the pre-assigned accounts from the Active Directory documentation This is the only account required and it must reside in the Account

Operators group Create Service Accounts

-

SQL SERVICE ACCOUNTS

Required for multi-tenant and Dedicated customers

Service accounts must reside in the Service Account Domain Local Group

-

Cluter Drive Assignments ndash Best Practice

LUN Name Service LUN

Allocated to Cluster Drive Partition File

Sys

WITNESS WitnessQuorum drive

Q GPT NTFS

SQLDATA1 XenApp Farm Z GPT NTFS

SQLDATA2 XenDesktop Site X GPT NTFS

SQLLOGS SQL Logs L GPT NTFS

SOFTWARE ISO Software Citrix Tools Citrix Licensing

S GPT NTFS

APPSTREAM Application Data and Streaming Profiles

R GPT NTFS

PROFILES User Profiles P GPT NTFS

USERDATA User Data Home Folders

U GPT NTFS

Page 11 of 38

Subnet

Gateway

Reserved

Static

Range

Reserved

DHCP

Range

Reserved

Network

Devices

Purpose

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS

DRAC and

ESX

Infrastructure

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

VLAN for

Vmotion

VMs

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

Storage

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

VCISS

Customer

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Backup

Recovery

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Monitoring

-

Network SegmentsVLANs

The file services cluster require access to minimum of the following networks listed on the right hand side This table is editable for purposes of tracking this information prior to installation

This information is required to configure the BACS on the cluster NICS later in this document

NETWORK SEGMENTS

-

Next you need to configure the iSCSI

Initiator on each of the Cluster Nodes To configure the iSCSI Initiator choose Start |

Administrative Tools | iSCSI Initiator

Assuming iSCSI is started

The second prompt will ask you if you want to unblock the Microsoft iSCSI service so it can communicate across the Windows

firewall Again yoursquoll want to answer Yes

You can also control this by manually configuring the Windows firewall and unblocking port 3260 To configure the Windows firewall open the Control Panel and then select the Windows Firewall applet

Page 12 of 38

Before connecting to the SAN you may need to configure the SAN with the iSCSI Initiator name The iSCSI Initiator name can

be found on the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Configuration tab The example presented

here uses the name ldquoiqn1991-

05commicrosoftorportvsql01contosocomrdquo

The name used in your configuration will be

different depending on the system and domain names that are in use

To configure the iSCSI Initiator select the

Discovery tab and then click Discover

Portal This will display the Discover Target Portal dialog box

Using the Discover Target Portal dialog box enter the IP address used by the SAN

The default port of 3260 After entering the IP address click OK and the iSCSI Initiator will discover the storage resources that are available on the SAN All of the storage resources will be listed on

the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Targets tab At this point you can select each

of the discovered targets and then click the Connect button

ISCSI INITIATOR TARGETS

All of the connected SAN resources will be displayed in the Targets list box The Status for each of the targets should show ldquoConnectedrdquo At this point the drives can be viewed using Disk Manager exactly as if they were locally attached storage Clicking OK ends the iSCSI Initiator

Page 13 of 38

Working with iSCSI SAN storage using Disk Management to Prepare Drives

Configure Each Drive

Right click each drive select Online

Select drive volume

Select Change Drive Letter and Paths

Format drives using NTFS and GPT

Take Drives Offline

After preparing the drives be sure to bring them offline so that the Create Cluster Wizard can use them as storage To bring the drives offline

Right-click each disk icon displayed

Select Offline from the context menu

Repeat Steps on Cluster Node 2

You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover

-

REPEAT STEPS You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover Cluster installation to work

Page 14 of 38

Adding the Failover Cluster Feature with Server Manager

Run Server Manager by selecting Start

Administrative Tools

Server Manager

Click the Features node

Click Add Features at right

Add Failover Clustering

Scroll through the list of features in the Select Features window until you see Failover Clustering

To add the Failover Clustering feature select its check box and then click Next

The Confirm Installation Selections screen

The Confirm Installation Selections dialog box confirms that you have elected to install the Failover Clustering feature

To proceed with the installation click Install

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 9 of 38

Volume Description Data

Allocation

C Drive SQL Binaries Temp (1) 1 GB 1gt4GB

Volume 1 Quorum Drive 1 GB

Volume 2 SQL Data SQL Logs (See Below)

Volume 2 XenApp Farm (2) 200 MB

Volume 2 XenApp AMC Logging 1 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Farm (3) 40 GB

Volume 2 XenDesktop Logging 5 GB

Volume 2 PVS Server Farm 1 GB

Volume 3 PVS Write Cache (4) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Data (per 500) (5) 25 TB

Volume 4 User Profiles (per 500) (6) 250 GB

Volume 4 Application Packages (7) 60 GB

-

Storage Allocation

Based on 500 user POD

Note You must use shared storage that is

compatible with Windows Server 2008 R2

For this two-node cluster the quorum

configuration will be Node and Disk

Majority

Requirement Notes

XenApp SQL Temp(1)

A temp database on a partition with at least 1 GB of free disk space and set to grow

automatically Citrix recommends 4GB if the farm is large and includes multiple print drivers XenApp Farm SQL Farm DB(2)

Disk space approximately 100MB or every

250 servers and 50 published applications in the farm Initial POD Offering includes streaming and locally hosted applications XenDesktop Farm SQL DB (3)

40 GB based on Citrix published number of

20000 desktops equating to 150 GB SQL Instance 5000 users equals 375 GB 500 users equals 9375 GB (10) PVS Write Cache (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Data (4)

Based on 5 GB per user User Profiles (5)

Based on 512 MB per user Application Packages (6)

Based on 2 GB per package and assumes 30 streamed packages

Two Node Utilility Cluster (CLN01 gt CLN02)

The storage contains at least four separate volumes (LUNs) configured at the hardware level

Storage requirements include the following

To use the native disk support included in failover clustering

use basic disks not dynamic disks

We recommend that you format the partitions with NTFS (for the witness disk the partition must be NTFS)

For the partition style of the disk you can use either master

boot record (MBR) or GUID partition table (GPT)

The witness disk is a disk in the cluster storage that is

designated to hold a copy of the cluster configuration

database (A witness disk is part of some not all quorum configurations)

For this two-node cluster the quorum configuration will be

Node and Disk Majority the default for a cluster with an

even number of nodes Node and Disk Majority means that the nodes and the witness disk each contain copies of the

cluster configuration and the cluster has quorum as long as a majority (two out of three) of these copies are available

Network infrastructure and domain account

requirements for a two-node failover cluster

Checklist

Network Checklist

Setting Notes Network settings When you use identical network adapters for

a network also use identical communication settings on those adapters (for example Speed Duplex Mode Flow Control and Media Type)

DNS The servers in the cluster must be using DNS

Page 10 of 38

Service Account Service Account Description

1 vdsSQLAgent SQL Agent Service Account

2 vdsSQLDB SQL Database Engine

3 vdsSQLvCenter vCenter Service Account

4 vdsSQLPVS Provisioning Server (PVS)

5 vdsSQLXDC XenDestkop 5 Site Database

6 vdsSQLXDCLogs XenDesktop 5 Site Change Log

7 vdsXenApp XenApp 60 Farm Database

8 vdxXenAppLogs XenApp 60 Change Log

9

for name resolution The DNS dynamic update protocol is recommended

Domain role Verify both nodes are members of the domain per the steps above

Domain controller Clustered servers should be member servers for purposes of this architecture

Cluster Administrator

This should always be the VCISS administrator or install

team administrator

A dedicated administrator is no longer

required with 2008 R2 SQL The DDVS Domain Local group should reside in the BUILTINAdministrator group of both cluster nodes Login using the pre-assigned accounts from the Active Directory documentation This is the only account required and it must reside in the Account

Operators group Create Service Accounts

-

SQL SERVICE ACCOUNTS

Required for multi-tenant and Dedicated customers

Service accounts must reside in the Service Account Domain Local Group

-

Cluter Drive Assignments ndash Best Practice

LUN Name Service LUN

Allocated to Cluster Drive Partition File

Sys

WITNESS WitnessQuorum drive

Q GPT NTFS

SQLDATA1 XenApp Farm Z GPT NTFS

SQLDATA2 XenDesktop Site X GPT NTFS

SQLLOGS SQL Logs L GPT NTFS

SOFTWARE ISO Software Citrix Tools Citrix Licensing

S GPT NTFS

APPSTREAM Application Data and Streaming Profiles

R GPT NTFS

PROFILES User Profiles P GPT NTFS

USERDATA User Data Home Folders

U GPT NTFS

Page 11 of 38

Subnet

Gateway

Reserved

Static

Range

Reserved

DHCP

Range

Reserved

Network

Devices

Purpose

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS

DRAC and

ESX

Infrastructure

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

VLAN for

Vmotion

VMs

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

Storage

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

VCISS

Customer

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Backup

Recovery

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Monitoring

-

Network SegmentsVLANs

The file services cluster require access to minimum of the following networks listed on the right hand side This table is editable for purposes of tracking this information prior to installation

This information is required to configure the BACS on the cluster NICS later in this document

NETWORK SEGMENTS

-

Next you need to configure the iSCSI

Initiator on each of the Cluster Nodes To configure the iSCSI Initiator choose Start |

Administrative Tools | iSCSI Initiator

Assuming iSCSI is started

The second prompt will ask you if you want to unblock the Microsoft iSCSI service so it can communicate across the Windows

firewall Again yoursquoll want to answer Yes

You can also control this by manually configuring the Windows firewall and unblocking port 3260 To configure the Windows firewall open the Control Panel and then select the Windows Firewall applet

Page 12 of 38

Before connecting to the SAN you may need to configure the SAN with the iSCSI Initiator name The iSCSI Initiator name can

be found on the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Configuration tab The example presented

here uses the name ldquoiqn1991-

05commicrosoftorportvsql01contosocomrdquo

The name used in your configuration will be

different depending on the system and domain names that are in use

To configure the iSCSI Initiator select the

Discovery tab and then click Discover

Portal This will display the Discover Target Portal dialog box

Using the Discover Target Portal dialog box enter the IP address used by the SAN

The default port of 3260 After entering the IP address click OK and the iSCSI Initiator will discover the storage resources that are available on the SAN All of the storage resources will be listed on

the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Targets tab At this point you can select each

of the discovered targets and then click the Connect button

ISCSI INITIATOR TARGETS

All of the connected SAN resources will be displayed in the Targets list box The Status for each of the targets should show ldquoConnectedrdquo At this point the drives can be viewed using Disk Manager exactly as if they were locally attached storage Clicking OK ends the iSCSI Initiator

Page 13 of 38

Working with iSCSI SAN storage using Disk Management to Prepare Drives

Configure Each Drive

Right click each drive select Online

Select drive volume

Select Change Drive Letter and Paths

Format drives using NTFS and GPT

Take Drives Offline

After preparing the drives be sure to bring them offline so that the Create Cluster Wizard can use them as storage To bring the drives offline

Right-click each disk icon displayed

Select Offline from the context menu

Repeat Steps on Cluster Node 2

You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover

-

REPEAT STEPS You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover Cluster installation to work

Page 14 of 38

Adding the Failover Cluster Feature with Server Manager

Run Server Manager by selecting Start

Administrative Tools

Server Manager

Click the Features node

Click Add Features at right

Add Failover Clustering

Scroll through the list of features in the Select Features window until you see Failover Clustering

To add the Failover Clustering feature select its check box and then click Next

The Confirm Installation Selections screen

The Confirm Installation Selections dialog box confirms that you have elected to install the Failover Clustering feature

To proceed with the installation click Install

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 10 of 38

Service Account Service Account Description

1 vdsSQLAgent SQL Agent Service Account

2 vdsSQLDB SQL Database Engine

3 vdsSQLvCenter vCenter Service Account

4 vdsSQLPVS Provisioning Server (PVS)

5 vdsSQLXDC XenDestkop 5 Site Database

6 vdsSQLXDCLogs XenDesktop 5 Site Change Log

7 vdsXenApp XenApp 60 Farm Database

8 vdxXenAppLogs XenApp 60 Change Log

9

for name resolution The DNS dynamic update protocol is recommended

Domain role Verify both nodes are members of the domain per the steps above

Domain controller Clustered servers should be member servers for purposes of this architecture

Cluster Administrator

This should always be the VCISS administrator or install

team administrator

A dedicated administrator is no longer

required with 2008 R2 SQL The DDVS Domain Local group should reside in the BUILTINAdministrator group of both cluster nodes Login using the pre-assigned accounts from the Active Directory documentation This is the only account required and it must reside in the Account

Operators group Create Service Accounts

-

SQL SERVICE ACCOUNTS

Required for multi-tenant and Dedicated customers

Service accounts must reside in the Service Account Domain Local Group

-

Cluter Drive Assignments ndash Best Practice

LUN Name Service LUN

Allocated to Cluster Drive Partition File

Sys

WITNESS WitnessQuorum drive

Q GPT NTFS

SQLDATA1 XenApp Farm Z GPT NTFS

SQLDATA2 XenDesktop Site X GPT NTFS

SQLLOGS SQL Logs L GPT NTFS

SOFTWARE ISO Software Citrix Tools Citrix Licensing

S GPT NTFS

APPSTREAM Application Data and Streaming Profiles

R GPT NTFS

PROFILES User Profiles P GPT NTFS

USERDATA User Data Home Folders

U GPT NTFS

Page 11 of 38

Subnet

Gateway

Reserved

Static

Range

Reserved

DHCP

Range

Reserved

Network

Devices

Purpose

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS

DRAC and

ESX

Infrastructure

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

VLAN for

Vmotion

VMs

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

Storage

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

VCISS

Customer

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Backup

Recovery

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Monitoring

-

Network SegmentsVLANs

The file services cluster require access to minimum of the following networks listed on the right hand side This table is editable for purposes of tracking this information prior to installation

This information is required to configure the BACS on the cluster NICS later in this document

NETWORK SEGMENTS

-

Next you need to configure the iSCSI

Initiator on each of the Cluster Nodes To configure the iSCSI Initiator choose Start |

Administrative Tools | iSCSI Initiator

Assuming iSCSI is started

The second prompt will ask you if you want to unblock the Microsoft iSCSI service so it can communicate across the Windows

firewall Again yoursquoll want to answer Yes

You can also control this by manually configuring the Windows firewall and unblocking port 3260 To configure the Windows firewall open the Control Panel and then select the Windows Firewall applet

Page 12 of 38

Before connecting to the SAN you may need to configure the SAN with the iSCSI Initiator name The iSCSI Initiator name can

be found on the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Configuration tab The example presented

here uses the name ldquoiqn1991-

05commicrosoftorportvsql01contosocomrdquo

The name used in your configuration will be

different depending on the system and domain names that are in use

To configure the iSCSI Initiator select the

Discovery tab and then click Discover

Portal This will display the Discover Target Portal dialog box

Using the Discover Target Portal dialog box enter the IP address used by the SAN

The default port of 3260 After entering the IP address click OK and the iSCSI Initiator will discover the storage resources that are available on the SAN All of the storage resources will be listed on

the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Targets tab At this point you can select each

of the discovered targets and then click the Connect button

ISCSI INITIATOR TARGETS

All of the connected SAN resources will be displayed in the Targets list box The Status for each of the targets should show ldquoConnectedrdquo At this point the drives can be viewed using Disk Manager exactly as if they were locally attached storage Clicking OK ends the iSCSI Initiator

Page 13 of 38

Working with iSCSI SAN storage using Disk Management to Prepare Drives

Configure Each Drive

Right click each drive select Online

Select drive volume

Select Change Drive Letter and Paths

Format drives using NTFS and GPT

Take Drives Offline

After preparing the drives be sure to bring them offline so that the Create Cluster Wizard can use them as storage To bring the drives offline

Right-click each disk icon displayed

Select Offline from the context menu

Repeat Steps on Cluster Node 2

You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover

-

REPEAT STEPS You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover Cluster installation to work

Page 14 of 38

Adding the Failover Cluster Feature with Server Manager

Run Server Manager by selecting Start

Administrative Tools

Server Manager

Click the Features node

Click Add Features at right

Add Failover Clustering

Scroll through the list of features in the Select Features window until you see Failover Clustering

To add the Failover Clustering feature select its check box and then click Next

The Confirm Installation Selections screen

The Confirm Installation Selections dialog box confirms that you have elected to install the Failover Clustering feature

To proceed with the installation click Install

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 11 of 38

Subnet

Gateway

Reserved

Static

Range

Reserved

DHCP

Range

Reserved

Network

Devices

Purpose

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS

DRAC and

ESX

Infrastructure

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

VLAN for

Vmotion

VMs

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

VCISS -

Storage

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

XXXX TO

XXXX

VCISS

Customer

Network

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Backup

Recovery

XXXX23

XXXX123

NA

Monitoring

-

Network SegmentsVLANs

The file services cluster require access to minimum of the following networks listed on the right hand side This table is editable for purposes of tracking this information prior to installation

This information is required to configure the BACS on the cluster NICS later in this document

NETWORK SEGMENTS

-

Next you need to configure the iSCSI

Initiator on each of the Cluster Nodes To configure the iSCSI Initiator choose Start |

Administrative Tools | iSCSI Initiator

Assuming iSCSI is started

The second prompt will ask you if you want to unblock the Microsoft iSCSI service so it can communicate across the Windows

firewall Again yoursquoll want to answer Yes

You can also control this by manually configuring the Windows firewall and unblocking port 3260 To configure the Windows firewall open the Control Panel and then select the Windows Firewall applet

Page 12 of 38

Before connecting to the SAN you may need to configure the SAN with the iSCSI Initiator name The iSCSI Initiator name can

be found on the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Configuration tab The example presented

here uses the name ldquoiqn1991-

05commicrosoftorportvsql01contosocomrdquo

The name used in your configuration will be

different depending on the system and domain names that are in use

To configure the iSCSI Initiator select the

Discovery tab and then click Discover

Portal This will display the Discover Target Portal dialog box

Using the Discover Target Portal dialog box enter the IP address used by the SAN

The default port of 3260 After entering the IP address click OK and the iSCSI Initiator will discover the storage resources that are available on the SAN All of the storage resources will be listed on

the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Targets tab At this point you can select each

of the discovered targets and then click the Connect button

ISCSI INITIATOR TARGETS

All of the connected SAN resources will be displayed in the Targets list box The Status for each of the targets should show ldquoConnectedrdquo At this point the drives can be viewed using Disk Manager exactly as if they were locally attached storage Clicking OK ends the iSCSI Initiator

Page 13 of 38

Working with iSCSI SAN storage using Disk Management to Prepare Drives

Configure Each Drive

Right click each drive select Online

Select drive volume

Select Change Drive Letter and Paths

Format drives using NTFS and GPT

Take Drives Offline

After preparing the drives be sure to bring them offline so that the Create Cluster Wizard can use them as storage To bring the drives offline

Right-click each disk icon displayed

Select Offline from the context menu

Repeat Steps on Cluster Node 2

You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover

-

REPEAT STEPS You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover Cluster installation to work

Page 14 of 38

Adding the Failover Cluster Feature with Server Manager

Run Server Manager by selecting Start

Administrative Tools

Server Manager

Click the Features node

Click Add Features at right

Add Failover Clustering

Scroll through the list of features in the Select Features window until you see Failover Clustering

To add the Failover Clustering feature select its check box and then click Next

The Confirm Installation Selections screen

The Confirm Installation Selections dialog box confirms that you have elected to install the Failover Clustering feature

To proceed with the installation click Install

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 12 of 38

Before connecting to the SAN you may need to configure the SAN with the iSCSI Initiator name The iSCSI Initiator name can

be found on the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Configuration tab The example presented

here uses the name ldquoiqn1991-

05commicrosoftorportvsql01contosocomrdquo

The name used in your configuration will be

different depending on the system and domain names that are in use

To configure the iSCSI Initiator select the

Discovery tab and then click Discover

Portal This will display the Discover Target Portal dialog box

Using the Discover Target Portal dialog box enter the IP address used by the SAN

The default port of 3260 After entering the IP address click OK and the iSCSI Initiator will discover the storage resources that are available on the SAN All of the storage resources will be listed on

the iSCSI Initiatorrsquos Targets tab At this point you can select each

of the discovered targets and then click the Connect button

ISCSI INITIATOR TARGETS

All of the connected SAN resources will be displayed in the Targets list box The Status for each of the targets should show ldquoConnectedrdquo At this point the drives can be viewed using Disk Manager exactly as if they were locally attached storage Clicking OK ends the iSCSI Initiator

Page 13 of 38

Working with iSCSI SAN storage using Disk Management to Prepare Drives

Configure Each Drive

Right click each drive select Online

Select drive volume

Select Change Drive Letter and Paths

Format drives using NTFS and GPT

Take Drives Offline

After preparing the drives be sure to bring them offline so that the Create Cluster Wizard can use them as storage To bring the drives offline

Right-click each disk icon displayed

Select Offline from the context menu

Repeat Steps on Cluster Node 2

You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover

-

REPEAT STEPS You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover Cluster installation to work

Page 14 of 38

Adding the Failover Cluster Feature with Server Manager

Run Server Manager by selecting Start

Administrative Tools

Server Manager

Click the Features node

Click Add Features at right

Add Failover Clustering

Scroll through the list of features in the Select Features window until you see Failover Clustering

To add the Failover Clustering feature select its check box and then click Next

The Confirm Installation Selections screen

The Confirm Installation Selections dialog box confirms that you have elected to install the Failover Clustering feature

To proceed with the installation click Install

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 13 of 38

Working with iSCSI SAN storage using Disk Management to Prepare Drives

Configure Each Drive

Right click each drive select Online

Select drive volume

Select Change Drive Letter and Paths

Format drives using NTFS and GPT

Take Drives Offline

After preparing the drives be sure to bring them offline so that the Create Cluster Wizard can use them as storage To bring the drives offline

Right-click each disk icon displayed

Select Offline from the context menu

Repeat Steps on Cluster Node 2

You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover

-

REPEAT STEPS You will need to repeat the iSCSI configuration steps for Cluster Node 2 (CLN02) in order for Failover Cluster installation to work

Page 14 of 38

Adding the Failover Cluster Feature with Server Manager

Run Server Manager by selecting Start

Administrative Tools

Server Manager

Click the Features node

Click Add Features at right

Add Failover Clustering

Scroll through the list of features in the Select Features window until you see Failover Clustering

To add the Failover Clustering feature select its check box and then click Next

The Confirm Installation Selections screen

The Confirm Installation Selections dialog box confirms that you have elected to install the Failover Clustering feature

To proceed with the installation click Install

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 14 of 38

Adding the Failover Cluster Feature with Server Manager

Run Server Manager by selecting Start

Administrative Tools

Server Manager

Click the Features node

Click Add Features at right

Add Failover Clustering

Scroll through the list of features in the Select Features window until you see Failover Clustering

To add the Failover Clustering feature select its check box and then click Next

The Confirm Installation Selections screen

The Confirm Installation Selections dialog box confirms that you have elected to install the Failover Clustering feature

To proceed with the installation click Install

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 15 of 38

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 16 of 38

Running the Validate A Configuration Wizard

Run the Validate A Configuration Wizard either to test an existing cluster for errors or configuration problems

To test an existing cluster you would enter the cluster name To test a new cluster node you would enter the node name

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 17 of 38

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 18 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Select Servers

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 19 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Access Point for Administering the Cluster

Create Cluster Wizard Confirmation

Create Cluster Wizard Creating New Cluster

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 20 of 38

Create Cluster Wizard Summary

The Create Cluster Wizard displays the Summary screen after the cluster has been successfully created At this point you could begin to configure SQL Server to use the cluster However while the Create Cluster Wizard does a great job of setting up the required services on all of the cluster nodes it doesnrsquot always select the correct quorum drive to use The Create Cluster Wizard often selects the first shared drive available and thatrsquos not always the drive that you want to use as the quorum

To change the quorum drive yoursquoll need to start the Failover Cluster Management To start the Failover Cluster Management

Start gt Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

Configuring the Cluster Quorum

The Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard enables you to select the type of quorum that will be used by the cluster

Clicking Next displays the Select Quorum Configuration dialog box that enables you to configure the type of quorum for the VCISS Cluster

Node and Disk Majority

Starting the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard

The Select Quorum Configuration screen that you can see in Figure 3-29 allows you to choose the type of quorum used by your failover cluster

The Configure Cluster Quroum Wizard automatically chooses the type of quorum that best fits the number of nodes that are in the cluster In Figure 3-29 you can see that the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard recommends using the Node and Disk Majority cluster for a two-node cluster This is the best configuration for a typical two-node failover cluster

To configure the Node and Disk Majority quorum click Next to display the Configure Storage Witness dialog

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 21 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Select Quorum Configuration

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering

Open the Failover Cluster Manager

Start | Administrative Tools

Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster

Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to

configure have passed the validation tests

NOTE If the drives you expect to see arenrsquot listed be sure all of the drives

are visible to all of the cluster nodes Then make sure all of the drives are offline on all nodes Next rerun the Cluster Validation Wizard Then add the missing storage to the cluster by selecting the Storage node in the

Failover Cluster Management console and then clicking the Add A Disk

task This will display the Add Disks to a Cluster dialog box where you should be able to select the disks you want to add to the cluster

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 22 of 38

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Configure Storage Witness

Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard Summary

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 23 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 1

Creating the Cluster Using the Create Cluster Wizard on Node 1

To configure Windows Server 2008 R2 Failover Clustering open the Failover Cluster Manager by selecting the Start | Administrative Tools | Failover Cluster Manager

To create a new failover cluster click the Create A Cluster link

The Create Cluster Wizard steps you through the process of creating a new failover cluster Before running the Create Cluster Wizard be sure that all of the nodes that you are going to configure have passed the validation tests

SQL Server Installation Center Installation

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Rules

The Setup Support Rules dialog box checks your system for problems that might prevent the successful installation of SQL Server 2008 R2

Clicking OK displays the Setup Support Files dialog box Installs the components that are required by the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup program

Clicking Install copies the required setup files to the system and displays the SQL Server 2008 R2 Setup Support Rules

A Red (X) indicates a problem needs to be

corrected before the setup can proceed Clicking the link under the Status column will provide more information about any error conditions that werenrsquot met

Installation performs tests for six different system requirements

including tests for the minimum operating system level tests to determine if you have administrative privileges and tests to check if the WMI service is running

The Setup Support Rules dialog box performs a second set of tests to determine if there will be any problems running the setup program A green check mark indicates the condition is OK and that the installation can proceed

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 24 of 38

SQL Server 2008 Setup Setup Support Files

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Setup Support Rules

Network Connections Binding Order

Reference httpsupportmicrosoftcomkb955963

Evaluation Install

The Product Key screen in the SQL Server 2008 R2 setup process prompts you to enter your product key information If yoursquore installing one of the evaluation versions of SQL Server 2008 R2 (temporary) you would select the ldquoSpecify a free editionrdquo radio button and click Next

License Key Install Installing a licensed version of SQL Server 2008 R2 you would select the ldquoEnter the product keyrdquo radio button and then type in the product installation key and click Next This will display the End User License Agreement (EULA) in the License Terms dialog box The installation process will not proceed until you accept the SQL Server 2008 R2 license agreement You accept the license agreement by selecting the ldquoI accept the license termsrdquo check box

If you receive an error regarding the network binding you can verify and change the binding order by opening Network Connections pressing ALT to display the menu and then selecting Advanced | Advanced Settings

This error is typically caused by disabled or ghosted network adapters

You can find more information about this issue at Clicking Next continues the installation process and prompts you for the SQL Server 2008 R2 Product Key dialog box

Utilize this option when waiting for license keys

Evaluation mode profiles functionality for 180 days

Evaluation Mode

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 25 of 38

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 26 of 38

nstall a SQL Server Failover Cluste

I r

Disk Space Requirements

The Disk Space Requirements dialog box displays the installation directories that you previously selected as well as the

required and available storage space for each drive If you need to change the

selections you can use the Back button to page back to the Features Selection and Instance Configuration dialog boxes to

change the target directories

If the selected disk storage configuration is acceptable then clicking Next displays the

Cluster Resource Group

The Cluster Resource Group screen allows

you to specify the SQL Server cluster resource group name This is the name of the SQL Server resources that are used by

Windows failover clustering

By default the Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Wizard uses the resource group name of SQL Server

(MSSQLSERVER)mdashthe same name as the

SQL Server instance name You can also specify a different name by typing in the new name

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 27 of 38

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 28 of 38

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 29 of 38

Install a SQL Server Failover Cluster Complete

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 30 of 38

SQL Cluster Wizard Node 2

After yoursquove successfully installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the first cluster node the next step is to install SQL Server 2008 R2

onto the second node and to add that node to the cluster To add the second node to the cluster go to the second node in the cluster and run the SQL Server 2008 installation program

Assumptions

This option assumes that a Windows failover cluster has been previously configured and that an instance of SQL Server 2008

R2 has already been created on the cluster

Add Node

To install SQL Server 2008 on your second cluster node select the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server failover clusterrdquo option

Clicking the ldquoAdd node to a SQL Server

failover clusterrdquo link will begin the installation process on the second cluster node and will display the Setup Support Rules

As with the installation of the first cluster

node if you havenrsquot previously installed SQL Server 2008 R2 on the second cluster node you will probably be prompted to update the Windows Installer and the

NET Framework

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 31 of 38

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 32 of 38

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 33 of 38

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 34 of 38

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 35 of 38

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 36 of 38

Managing Cluster Services

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 37 of 38

Managing Failover Testing Validation

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Page 38 of 38

Documentation Reference

Reference Link Source

Microsoft - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Installing a SQL Server 2008 R2 Failover Cluster Microsoft

Hardware and Software Requirements for Installing SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Editions and Components of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft

How to Create a New SQL Server Failover Cluster (Setup) Microsoft

Using Upgrade Advisor to Prepare for Upgrades Microsoft

SQL Server support policy for Microsoft Clustering Microsoft

Microsoft 2008 R2 and SQL 2008 R2 Failover Clustering Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 Microsoft

Whats New in Failover Clusters in Windows Server 2008 R2

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation

Microsoft

Microsoft

Additional Tests in Cluster Validation Microsoft

Support for SQL Server on iSCSI technology components Microsoft

Microsoft Certified Server Catalog for Windows 2008 R2 Microsoft

Catalog - Certified for Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Works with Windows Server 2008 R2 ndash OS Microsoft

Catalog - Supports Windows Server 2008 R2 - OS Microsoft

SQL Server 2008 - Before Installing Failover Clustering Microsoft

Features Supported by the Editions of SQL Server 2008 R2 Microsoft